Download: Dear Customer, Thank you for selecting Fiat and congratulations on your choice of a Fiat Stilo.

Dear Customer, Thank you for selecting Fiat and congratulations on your choice of a Fiat Stilo. We have written this handbook to help you get to know all your new Fiat Stilo features and use it in the best possible way. You should read it right through before taking the road for the first time. You will find information, tips and important warnings regarding the driving of your car to help you derive the maximum from your Fiat Stilo technological features. You are recommended to read carefully the warnings and indications, marked with the respective symbols, at the end of the page: personal sa...
Author: Apers1947 Shared: 7/30/19
Downloads: 478 Views: 1421

Content

Dear Customer, Thank you for selecting Fiat and congratulations on your choice of a Fiat Stilo. We have written this handbook to help you get to know all your new Fiat Stilo features and use it in the best possible way. You should read it right through before taking the road for the first time. You will find information, tips and important warnings regarding the driving of your car to help you derive the maximum from your Fiat Stilo technological features. You are recommended to read carefully the warnings and indications, marked with the respective symbols, at the end of the page: personal safety; the car’s wellbeing; environmental protection. The enclosed Warranty Booklet lists the services that Fiat offers to its Customers: ❒ the Warranty Certificate with terms and conditions for maintaining its validity ❒ the range of additional services available to Fiat Customers. Best regards and good motoring! This Owner Handbook describes all Fiat Stilo versions. As a consequence, you should consider only the information which is related to the engine and bodywork version of the car you purchased.,

MUST BE READ! REFUELLING

Petrol engines: only refuel with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) not less than 95 conforming to the Eu- ropean specification EN 228. K Diesel engines: only refuel with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590. The use of other prod-ucts or mixtures may irreparably damage the engine with invalidation of the warranty due to the damage caused. ENGINE STARTING Petrol engines with mechanical gearbox: make sure that the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift lever to neutral; fully depress the clutch without pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started. Petrol engines with Selespeed gearbox: keep the brake pedal fully depressed; turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started; the transmission sets to neutral automatically. Diesel engines: turn the ignition key to MAR and wait for the warning lights Y and m to go off; turn the igni- tion key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started. PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL While working, the catalyst develops a very high temperature. Do not park the car over grass, dry leaves, pine nee- dles or any other inflammable materials: risk of fire. RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT The car is fitted with a system that allows continuous diagnosis of the components correlated with emissions to en- sure better respect for the environment., ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES If, after buying the car, you decide to add electrical accessories (that will gradually drain the battery), visit a Fiat Dealership. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the car’s electric system can sup- port the required load. CODE card Keep the code card in a safe place, not in the car. The code card shall be used for requesting additional keys. SCHEDULED SERVICING Correct maintenance of the car is essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition and safeguards its safety fea- tures, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a long time to come. THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS… … information, tips and important warnings regarding the safe, correct driving of your car, and its maintenance. Pay particular attention to the symbols " (personal safety) # (environmental protection) ! (the car’s wellbeing).,

DASHBOARD AND CONTROLS

DASHBOARD ... 5 CRUISE CONTROL ... 64 INSTRUMENT PANEL ... 6 CEILING LIGHTS ... 67 SYMBOLS ... 8 CONTROLS ... 68 THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM... 8 INTERIOR FITTINGS ... 70 THE KEYS ... 10 “SKYWINDOW”(BLADE SUNROOF) ... 74 ALARM ... 17 DOORS ... 79 IGNITION SWITCH... 20 POWER WINDOWS ... 80 INSTRUMENTS... 21 BOOT ... 81 MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY ... 23 BONNET ... 92 TRIP COMPUTER ... 34 ROOF RACK/SKI RACK ... 93 SEATS ... 37 HEADLIGHTS... 94 HEAD RESTRAINTS ... 41 ABS SYSTEM ... 95 STEERING WHEEL ... 42 ESP SYSTEM ... 97 REARVIEW MIRRORS... 43 EOBD SYSTEM ... 99 HEATING/CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ... 44 SOUND SYSTEM... 100 HEATING AND VENTILATION ... 46 ACCESSORIES PURCHASED BY THE OWNER ... 101 MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ... 48 “DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER AUTOMATIC TWO-ZONE STEERING SYSTEM ... 102 CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ... 51 PARKING SENSORS ... 103 EXTERNAL LIGHTS ... 57 AT THE FILLING STATION ... 105 WINDOW WASHING... 60 PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT ... 108

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

DASHBOARD

The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the versions. F0C0155m fig. 1 1. Side window air vent - 2. Adjustable and swivel air vent - 3. External light stalk - 4. Instrument panel - 5. Adjustable and swivel air vent - 6. Hazard light switch - 7. Sound system controls - 8. Front passenger air bag - 9. Upper glovebox - 10. Lower glovebox - 11. Controls for heating, ventilation and climate control - 12. Windscreen/rear window wiper/trip computer stalk - 13. Ignition key and ignition switch - 14. Driver air bag - 15. Steering wheel locking/release stalk - 16. Control unit access door - 17. Bonnet opening lever - 18. Set of switches for lights and menu opening/setting. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

INSTRUMENT PANEL 1.416V - 1.616V - 1.816V versions

A Rev counter B Engine coolant temperature gauge and excessive temperature warning light C Fuel level gauge with reserve warning light D Speedometer (speed indicator) E Multifunction display. The rev counter of versions with Sele- speed transmission is fitted with warning light t. F0C0521m fig. 2 1.9 Multijet versions A Rev counter B Engine coolant temperature gauge and excessive temperature warning light C Fuel level gauge with reserve warning light D Speedometer (speed indicator) E Multifunction display. The rev counter of versions with Sele- speed transmission is fitted with warning F0C0522m light t. fig. 3

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, 2.420V Selespeed Abarth versions A Rev counter B Engine coolant temperature gauge and excessive temperature warning light C Fuel level gauge with reserve warning light D Speedometer (speed indicator) E Multifunction display. F0C0523m fig. 4 INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

SYMBOLS THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM

Special coloured labels have been attached To further protect you car from theft, it near or actually on some of the compo- has been fitted with an engine immobilis- nents of your car. These labels bear sym- ing system. This system is automatically ac- bols that remind you of the precautions tivated when the ignition key is removed. to be taken as regards that particular com- ponent. An electronic device, in fact, is fitted ineach ignition key grip. The device trans- The plate summarising the symbols used mits a radio-frequency signal when the en- can be found under the bonnet fig. 5. gine is started through a special aerial built into the ignition switch. The modulate sig- nal, which changes each time the engine is started, is the “password” by means of which the control unit recognises the key and enables to start the engine. fig. 5 F0C0145m

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, OPERATION IMPORTANT Every key has its own code, Warning light Y coming Each time the car is started turning the ig- which must be memorised by the system on when driving nition key to MAR, the Fiat CODE sys- control unit. To memorise new keys, upto a maximum of eight, apply solely to Fi- ❒ If the warning light Y turns on, thistem control unit sends a recognition code at Dealership taking with you the CODE means that the system is running a self-to the engine control unit to deactivate card and the keys, a personal identity doc- test (for example for a voltage drop).the inhibitor. ument and the car’s ownership docu- ❒ If the warning light Y continues to stay The code is sent only if the Fiat CODE ments. The codes of the keys not provid- on, contact a Fiat Dealership. system control unit has recognised the ed during the new memorising procedure code transmitted from the key. are erased from the memory. This is to ensure that any lost or stolen keys can no Each time the ignition key is turned to longer be used to start the car. STOP, the Fiat CODE system deactivates the functions of the engine electronic con- The electronic components in- trol unit. side the key may be damaged If the code has not been recognised cor- if the key is submitted to sharp rectly, the instrument panel warning light knocks. Y will turn on. In this case, the key should be moved to the STOP position and then back to MAR; if the lock continues, possibly try again with the other key provided with the car. If it is still not possible to start the car contact a Fiat Dealership. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

THE KEYS

CODE CARD Together with the keys you will receive the CODE card fig. 6 to be presented to Fiat Dealership when requesting additional keys. IMPORTANT In order to ensure perfect efficiency of the electronic devices con- fig. 6 F0C0001m fig. 7 F0C0508m tained inside the keys, they should never be exposed to direct sunlight. All the keys and the CODE KEY WITHOUT REMOTE card must be handed over to CONTROL (where provided) the new owner when selling The key is fitted with a metal insert A- the car. fig. 7, operating: ❒ the ignition switch ❒ doors and tailgate locks ❒ the fuel lid locking/unlocking (on ver- sions featuring fuel filler cap with lock) ❒ windows and Skywindow sunroof (where provided) opening/closing ❒ the dead lock device (where provided) ❒ the switch to deactivate the passenger’s air bag and rear side bags (where pro- vided).

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Button Ë for remote unlocking of doors, tailgate and fuel filler cap. Button Á for re- If locking button Á is inadver- mote locking of doors, tailgate and fuel tently pressed from the pas- filler cap. Button R for remote open- senger compartment, when ing of the tailgate. Button B for power-as- getting out of the car only the doors sisted opening of the metal insert A. being used will unlock; the tailgate willstay locked. To realign the system, To refit the metal insert into the key grip, press again the locking/unlocking but- keep button B pressed and turn the met- tons Á /Ë. al insert in the direction shown by the ar- fig. 8 F0C0327m row until hearing the click as it locks into place. Then release button B. Led C (where provided) comes on when send- KEY WITH REMOTE CONTROL ing the control to the alarm system re- WARNING The key is fitted with a metal insert A- ceiver. To know the operating logics of Button B-fig. 8 should only fig. 8, operating: the key with remote control and every be pressed when the key is possible and modifiable setting, see para- ❒ the ignition switch away from the body, in particulargraph “Alarm” in this section. from the eyes and from objects that ❒ doors and tailgate locks can be spoilt (e.g. clothes). Make sure the key can never be touched by oth- ❒ the fuel lid locking/unlocking (on ver- ers, especially children, who may in- sions featuring fuel filler cap with lock) advertently press the button. ❒ windows and Skywindow sunroof (where provided) opening/closing ❒ the dead lock device (where provided) ❒ the switch to deactivate the passenger’s air bag and rear side bags (where pro- vided). INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, For Multi Wagon versions, pressing twice Locking the doors and the tailgate rapidly button R will open the rear window lid (where provided). Briefly press button Á for remote lock-ing of doors and tailgate and simultaneous Once doors are unlocked, if you do not alarm (where provided) activation, switch- open one door or the tailgate within few ing off of the internal ceiling lights and sin- seconds, the system will lock all doors/tail- gle flashing of direction indicators. gate again automatically. Press button Á for more than 2 seconds Doors will be unlocked automatically if the to open the windows and the Skywindow fuel inertial cut-off switch comes into op- (where provided). If the button is briefly fig. 9 F0C0408m eration. pressed twice, the dead lock device is ac- tivated (see next paragraph “Dead lock Opening the doors and the tailgate device”). Briefly press button Ë for remote un- If one or more doors are open locking will locking of doors and tailgate and simulta- not be activated and the door led A-fig. neous alarm (where provided) deactiva- 11 and direction indicators will flash rapid- tion, timed switching on of the internal ly. If only the tailgate is open the doors will ceiling lights and double flashing of direc- lock. tion indicators (for versions/markets where applicable). Press button Ë for more than 2 seconds to open the windows and the Skywindow (where provided).

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Opening the tailgate by the remote control Press and keep button R pressed to open the tailgate by remote control even if the alarm (where provided) is on. Opening the tailgate is accompanied by the direction indicators flashing twice; clos- ing is accompanied by a single flash only if the alarm is on. fig. 10 F0C0414m fig. 11 F0C0138m If the alarm is on, when the tailgate is opened the alarm system switches off vol- umetric protection and the tailgate Opening the rear heated window Leds on the driver’s door perimetral protection sensor. lid (MultiWagon versions) When locking the doors, led A-fig. 11 IMPORTANT If the remote control does On MultiWagon versions, pressing twice switches on for about 3 seconds and than not work properly, it is still possible to button R rapidly, obtains opening of the starts flashing (deterrence function). carry out the above mentioned operations rear heated window lid (see fig. 10). Once doors are locked, if one or more by using the metal insert of the key. doors or the tailgate are not closed cor- When closing the tailgate again, volumet- rectly, the led and direction indicators ric and perimetral protection sensors are start flashing quickly. restored. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, Request for additional remote controls The system can recognise up to 8 remote controls. Should a new remote control be necessary, contact a Fiat Dealership, tak- ing with you the CODE card, a personal identity document and the car’s owner- ship documents. fig. 12 F0C0037m fig. 13 F0C0142m Replacing the battery of the Used batteries are harmful to DEAD LOCK DEVICE key with remote control the environment. They should (where provided) If, when pressing button Ë, Á, or R, the be disposed of as specified by This safety device enables to inhibit: led F-fig. 12 (where provided) on the key law in the special containers flashes briefly only once, the battery provided, or take them to a Fiat Deal- ❒ door internal handles and safety lock should be replaced with an equivalent one ership, which will deal with their dis- button; that can be purchased at common stores. posal. ❒ button A-fig. 13 for locking/unlocking Battery replacement: the doors, placed on the driver door panel mask; ❒ press button A and move the metal in- sert B to open position; thus hindering doors opening from inside the passenger’s compartment in case of at- ❒ turn the screw C to : using a fine bit tempt to break-into (e.g. window breaking). screwdriver; The dead lock device guarantees the best ❒ take out the battery case D and replace protection against unwanted access. There- the battery E making sure that the bias fore, it should be actuated every time the is correct; car is parked and left unattended. ❒ re-insert the battery holder D in the key and lock it turning the screw C to ;.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

WARNING Device activation Device deactivation

Once the dead lock device The device is automatically activated on The device is deactivated automatically on has been actuated, doors every door in the following cases: every door in the following cases: cannot be opened from inside the car in any way whatsoever. For this rea- ❒ turning twice the key without remote ❒ when unlocking the doors; son, make sure there are no persons control (where provided) in closing di- ❒ when unlocking only the driver’s door; left inside the car. rection; ❒ pressing twice button Áof the key with ❒ when turning the ignition key to MAR. remote control. Device activation is signalled by three flashings of the direction indicators and

WARNING flashing of the led on the driver door pan-

el (see the table on next page). If the battery of the key with remote control is down, the If one of the doors is not perfectly closed, dead lock device can only be activat- the dead lock device will not activate, thus ed through the metal insert of the key preventing that a person getting into the in the revolving plugs of the doors as car from the open door remains blocked described previously: in this case the inside the passenger’s compartment when dead lock device is active only on the she/he closes the door. rear doors. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, The main functions that can be activated with the keys (with or without remote control) are the following: Type of Door opening Door closing Window and Window and Dead lock Tailgate key Skywindow Skywindow (where opening opening (where closing (where provided) provided) provided) Key without Key turning Key turning Turning (> 2 Turning (> 2 Double key rotation Key rotation remote counterclockwise clockwise seconds) in opening seconds) in closing in closing direction clockwise control (driver side) or (driver side) or position position (clockwise (clockwise driver (where clockwise counterclockwise (counterclockwise driver side; side; counterclock- provided) (passenger side) (passenger side) driver side; clock- counterclockwise wise passenger side) wise passenger side) passenger side) Key turning Key turning Turning (> 2 Turning (> 2 Double key rotation Key rotation counterclockwise clockwise seconds) in opening seconds) in closing in closing direction clockwise (driver side) or (driver side) or position (counter- position (clockwise (clockwise driver clockwise counterclockwise clockwise driver driver side; side; counterclock- (passenger side) (passenger side) side; clockwise counterclockwise wise passenger side) Key with passenger side) passenger side) remote control Pressing briefly Brief press on Prolonged pressing Prolonged pressing Double pressing on Prolonged press- button Ë button Á (> 2 seconds) on (> 2 seconds) on button Á ing (> 2 seconds) button Ë button Á on button R Direction Two flashings 1 flashing Two flashings 1 flashing 3 flashings Two flashings indicators flashing (only with key with remote control) Led on Deterrence led Turned on fixed for Turning off Deterrence led Double flashing and Deterrent led driver door turning off approx. 3 seconds deterrence led flashing then deterrent led flashing and followed by de- flashing terrence led flashing

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

ALARM Depending on the markets, the cutting in HOW TO ACTIVATE THE

(where provided) of the alarm causes operation of the siren ALARMand direction indicators (for about 26 sec- onds). The ways of operating and the num- With the doors, bonnet and boot shut and The alarm function is provided in addition ber of cycles may vary depending on the the ignition key in the STOP position or to all remote control functions previous- markets. with the key removed, point the key with ly described and it is controlled by the re- remote control in the direction of the car, ceiver located under the dashboard, next A maximum number of sound/sight cycles then press and release the button Á. to the fuse box. is however envisaged. With the exception of certain markets, Volumetric and anti-raising protections the system sounds a “beep” and the doors WHEN THE ALARM IS can be cut off by operating the front ceil- are locked. TRIGGERED ing light controls (see paragraphs “Volu- Engagement of the alarm is preceded by The alarm comes into action in the fol- metric protection sensors” and “Anti-rais-ing sensor” on the following pages). a self-diagnostic test. If a fault is detectedlowing cases: the system sounds a further warning ❒ unlawful opening of one of the doors, IMPORTANT The engine immobiliser “beep” and the display shows the relevant bonnet or boot (perimetral protec- function is guaranteed by the Fiat CODE message (see section “Warning lights and tion); system, which is automatically activated messages”). when the ignition key is removed. ❒ attempt to start the engine (turning the In this case, switch the alarm system off by ignition key to MAR); pressing button Ë, check that the doors,bonnet and tailgate are properly shut, then ❒ battery cable cutting; switch the alarm on again by pressing but- ton Á. ❒ presence of moving bodies in the pas- senger’s compartment (volumetric pro- Otherwise, the door, bonnet or tailgate tection); that is not shut properly will be excluded from the alarm system control. ❒ abnormal raising/sloping of the car. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, HOW TO DEACTIVATE THE ALARM Press button Ë of the key with remote control. The system will react as follows (with the exception of certain markets): ❒ two brief flashes of the direction indi- cators; fig. 14 F0C0335m F0C0286m❒ two brief “beeps”; fig. 15 If the doors, bonnet and boot are shut ❒ door unlocking. Volumetric protection correctly and the control signal is repeat- IMPORTANT Operating the central door deactivation ed, the system self-diagnostics has de- locking with the metal insert of the key tected a system operating fault. It is there- will not deactivate the alarm. If it is necessary to switch on the alarm fore necessary to contact Fiat Dealership. when animals or people are in the car, press button A-fig. 15 on the front ceil- IMPORTANT When operating the cen- VOLUMETRIC PROTECTION ing light to deactivate the volumetric pro- tral door locking with the metal insert A- SENSORS tection. fig. 14 of the key, the alarm is not acti- vated. The volumetric sensors are inside the Deactivation is needed also in the pres-front ceiling light in the passenger’s com- ence of additional independent heater and IMPORTANT The electronic alarm is built partment. To make sure that the volu- when it is switched on with the remote in compliance with the law and regulations metric sensors are working properly, control. of the different countries. check that doors, boot, bonnet, windows and Skywindow (where provided) are Protection cut-out stays on until activat- shut. ing the central door opening again.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, ANTI-RAISING SENSOR INDICATIONS OF ATTEMPTS The anti-raising sensor detects any ab- TO BREAK IN normal car raising/sloping, even partial Any attempt to break in is indicated by (e.g.: attempt to remove a wheel). warning light Y on the instrument pan- This sensor can detect the smallest car el with the relevant message on the dis- sideslip angle changes, both longitudinally play (see section “Warning lights and mes- and transversally. sages”). Sideslip angle changes lower than 0.5°/min. HOW TO CUT OFF THE ALARM (e.g.: slow tyre flattening) are not consid- fig. 16 F0C0287m SYSTEM ered. To deactivate the alarm system com- Anti-raising protection pletely (for instance during prolonged in- deactivation activity of the car) simply lock the car To deactivate the anti-raising protection turning the metal insert of the key with re- (for example when towing the car with mote control in the lock. alarm on) press button A-fig. 16 on the IMPORTANT To cut-out the electronic front ceiling light. Sensor cut-out stays on alarm if remote control batteries are until activating the central door opening down or the system is failing, fit the key again. into the ignition switch and turn it to MAR. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

IGNITION SWITCH STEERING COLUMN LOCK

The key can be turned to 3 different po- Engaging sitions: When the key is at STOP remove the ❒ STOP: engine off, key can be removed, key and turn the steering wheel until it steering column locked. Certain elec- locks. trical devices (e.g.: sound system, cen- tral door locking, electronic alarm, etc.) Disengaging can work. F0C0164m Rock the steering wheel slightly as you ❒ MAR: driving position. All electrical de- fig. 17 turn the ignition key to MAR. vices are powered. ❒ AVV: engine starting. WARNING If the ignition device is tam- The ignition switch is fitted with a safety pered with (e.g.: attempted WARNING mechanism that, in the event the engine is theft), have it checked over by a Fiat not started, compels the driver to turn the It is absolutely forbidden toDealership before restarting to drive. ignition key back to STOP before re- carry out whatever after- peating the starting operation. market operation involving steeringsystem or steering column modifica- tions (e.g.: installation of anti-theft

WARNING device) that could badly affect per-formance and safety, cause the lapse

When getting out of the car, of warranty and also result in non- always remove the key to compliance of the car with homolo- prevent any occupants from acci- gation requirements. dentally activating the controls. Re- member to engage the handbrake and if the car is parked on uphill slope to engage the first gear. If the car is WARNING facing downhill, engage the reverse gear. Never leave unsupervised chil- Never remove the ignition dren in the car. key while the car is moving. The steering wheel would automati- cally lock as soon as you try to turn it. This also applies when the car is being towed.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

INSTRUMENTS

fig. 18 F0C0530m fig. 18a F0C0527m SPEEDOMETER fig. 18 REV. COUNTER fig. 18a It shows the car speed. The rev counter shows engine rpm. The needle pointed to the red area (danger) indicates excessive high engine speed. Do not drive for long periods with the needle in this area. IMPORTANT The electronic injection con- trol system gradually shuts off the flow of fuel when the engine is “over-revving” re- sulting in a gradual loss of engine power. When the engine is idling, the rev counter may indicate a gradual or sudden speed in- crease. This is normal as it takes place dur- ing normal operation, for example when activating the climate control system or the fan. In particular a slow change in the speed preserves the battery charge. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, ENGINE COOLANT FUEL LEVEL GAUGE TEMPERATURE GAUGE This shows the amount of fuel left in the This shows the temperature of the engine fuel tank. coolant fluid and begins working when the fluid temperature exceeds approx. 50°C. The reserve warning light B- fig. 19 turnson to indicate that approx. 8 litres of fuel Under normal conditions, the needle are left in the tank. should move to different positions of the scale according to the conditions of use of E - tank empty. the car. F - tank full (see the indications given in fig. 19 F0C0528m C - Low engine coolant temperature. paragraph “At the filling station"). H - High engine coolant temperature. The turning on of the warning light A-fig. Do not travel with the fuel tank almost 19 (together with the message shown on empty: the gaps in fuel delivery could dam- the display) indicates that the coolant flu- age the catalyst. id temperature is too high; in this case, IMPORTANT If the needle sets at E with stop the engine and contact a Fiat Deal- warning light B flashing, it means that the ership. system is malfunctioning. Contact a Fiat Dealership to have the system inspected. If the needle reaches the red area, stop the engine immedi- ately and contact a Fiat Deal- ership.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY

Your car is fitted with the multifunction display that shows all the useful informa- tion necessary when driving. INFORMATION ON “STANDARD” SCREEN fig. 20 fig. 20 F0C3245g fig. 21 F0C0022m The standard screen shows the following indications: CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 21 Note Buttons Õ and Ô activate different A Date functions according to the following situ-

Õ To scroll the display and the related

B Dualdrive electric power steering en- options upwards or to increase the ations: gagement, if any value displayed. – to scroll the menu options upwards and C Selespeed mode (where provided) and MODE Brief press to open the menu downwards; engaged gear display and/or to move to next screen or to con- – to increase or to decrease values during D Clock firm the option required. settings. E Odometer (covered km or miles) Long press to go back to the standardscreen. F External temperature Ô To scroll the display and the related op- G Headlight aiming position (only with tions downwards or to decrease the dipped beam headlights on) value displayed. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, SETUP MENU fig. 22 Selecting an option in the main menu Selecting an option in the main menu with The menu comprises a series of functions without submenu: submenu: arranged in a “circular fashion” which can – press briefly button MODE to select – press briefly button MODE to display be selected through buttons Õ and Ô to the menu option to set; the first submenu option; access the different select operations and settings (setup) given below. For certain – press buttons Õ or Ô (by single press- – press buttons Õ or Ô (by single press- options (Set time and Units) there is a sub- es) to select the new setting; es) to scroll all submenu options; menu. – press briefly button MODE to store the – press briefly button MODE to select The setup menu can be activated by press- new setting and to go back to the previ- the displayed submenu option and to en- ing briefly button MODE. ously selected menu option. ter the relevant setup menu; Single presses on buttons Õ or Ô will – press buttons Õ or Ô (by single press- scroll the setup menu options. Handling es) to select the new setting; modes differ with each other according to – press briefly button MODE to store the the characteristic of the option selected. new setting and to go back to the previ- Note If the car is equipped with Con- ously selected submenu option. nect/Navigator, phone and audio info can be repeated on the multifunction display. For other set-up menu adjustments and/or settings, see the Connect/Navigator Sup- plement.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Selecting “Set date” and “Set time”: Press button MODE for long: The setup menu displaying is timed; when – briefly press button MODE to select – to quit the submenu if you are at sub- quitting the menu due to timing expiry, the first value to change (e.g. hours /min- menu option setting level; only settings stored yet by the user (and utes or year / month / day); confirmed by pressing briefly button– to quit the main menu if you are at sub- MODE) will be saved. – press buttons Õ or Ô (by single press- menu level; es) to select the new setting; – to quit the main menu if you are at main – briefly press button MODE to store the menu option setting level; new setting and to go to the next setup menu option, if this is the last one you will – to quit the set up menu if you are in the go back to the previously selected option main menu; of the main menu. – only settings stored yet by the user (and confirmed by pressing briefly button MODE) will be saved. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, Example: Briefly press button MODE to start surfing from the standard Day Español screen. To surf the menu use buttons Õ or Ô. For safety rea- Français Portuges sons, when the car is running, it is possible to access only the Month reduced menu (for setting the “Speed limit” and “Automatic Year headlight sensor sensitivity adjustment” (where provided). Italiano Deutsch When the car is stationary access to the whole menu is en- English abled. On cars provided with Connect/Navigator many func- tions are displayed on the navigator display. MODE briefly press button

MODE

briefly press button TRIP B DATA SET TIME SET DATE HEADL. SENSOR SEE RADIO SPEED BEEP EXIT MENU

KEY SERVICE AUTOCLOSE

F0C2369g BELT BUZZER UNITS

LANGUAGE

BUTTON VOL. BUZZER VOLUME fig. 22

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Speed limit (Speed Beep) To abort the setting, proceed as follows: Automatic headlight sensor With this function it is possible to set the – briefly press button MODE: (On) will sensitivity adjustment car speed limit (km/h or mph); when this flash on the display; (Headl. sensor) (where provided) limit is exceeded the driver is immediate- With this function it is possible to adjust ly alerted (see section “Warning lights and – press button Ô: (Off) will flash on thedisplay; the light sensor sensitivity according to 3messages”). levels (level 1 = min. level, level 2 = av- To set the speed limit, proceed as follows: – briefly press button MODE to go back erage level, level 3 = max. level); the high-to the menu screen or press the button er the sensitivity is, the lower is the ex- – briefly press button MODE, the display for long to go back to the standard screen ternal light intensity required to switch on will show wording (Speed Beep); without storing settings. the lights. – press button Õ or Ô to select activa- This operation can be performed also with tion (On) or deactivation (Off) of the the car moving. speed limit; To set the light level required, proceed as – if selecting (On), press button Õ or Ô follows: to select the required speed limit and then press MODE to confirm. – briefly press button MODE, the previ- ously set level will flash on the display; Note The possible setting is between 30 and 250 km/h, or between 20 and 155 – press button Õ or Ô to select the re- mph depending on the unit set previous- quired level; ly (see paragraph “Distance unit (Dis- – briefly press button MODE to go back tances)” described later. Every press on to the menu screen or press the button button Õ/Ô increases/decreases by 5 for long to go back to the standard screen units. Keeping the button Õ/Ô pressed without storing settings. obtains the automatic fast increase or de- crease. When you are near the required setting complete adjustment by single presses. – briefly press button MODE to go back to the menu screen or press the button for long to go back to the standard screen without storing settings. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, Trip B On/Off (TripB data) Setting the clock (Set time) – if selecting “Mode”: briefly press but- Through this option it is possible to acti- This function enables to set the clock ton MODE, “12h” or “24h” will flash on vate (On) or deactivate (Off) the Trip B through two submenus: “Time” and the display; (partial trip) (for further information see “Mode”. – press button Õ or Ô to select “24h” or “Trip computer”). To set the clock proceed as follows: “12h”. For activation / deactivation, proceed as follows: – briefly press button MODE, the display After setting, briefly press button MODE will show the two submenus “Time” and to go back to the submenu screen or – briefly press button MODE: (On) or “Mode”; press the button for long to go back to the (Off) will flash on the display (according to main menu screen without storing set- previous setting); – press button Õ or Ô to scroll the two tings.submenus; – press button or for setting; – press again button MODE for long toÕ Ô – select the required submenu and then go back to the standard screen or to the – briefly press button MODE to go back press briefly MODE; main menu according to the current menu to the menu screen or press the button level. for long to go back to the standard screen – if selecting “Time”: briefly press button without storing settings. MODE, “hours” will flash on the display; – press button Õ or Ô for setting; – press button MODE, “minutes” will flash on the display; – press button Õ or Ô for setting.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Setting the date (Set date) Audio info repetition (See radio) Door opening mode (Key) This function enables to update the date With this function the display repeats in- This function enables to select the re- (day – month – year). formation relevant to the sound system. quired door opening mode: To correct the date proceed as follows: – Radio: selected radio station frequency – briefly press button MODE, the display – briefly press button MODE: “year” will or RDS message; will show the wording “Key”; flash on the display; – Audio CD/MP3 CD: CD and/or track – press button Õ or Ô to select option – press button or for setting; number; “Open doors” or “Open all”;Õ Ô – briefly press button MODE: “month” To activate (On) or to deactivate (Off) – briefly press button MODE to go back will flash on the display; sound system info displaying proceed as to the menu screen or press the buttonfollows: for long to go back to the standard screen – press button Õ or Ô for setting; – briefly press button MODE: (On) or without storing settings. – briefly press button MODE: “day” will (Off) will flash on the display (according to – “Open doors”: press button Ë to open flash on the display; previous setting); the doors (excluding the tailgate); – press button Õ or Ô for setting. – press button Õ or Ô for setting; – “Open all”: press button Ë to open the Note Every press on button Õ or Ô in- – briefly press button MODE to go back doors and the tailgate. creases/decreases by 1 unit. Keeping the to the menu screen or press the button button pressed obtains automatic fast in- for long to go back to the standard screen crease or decrease. When you are near without storing settings. the required setting complete adjustment by single presses. – briefly press button MODE to go back to the menu screen or press the button for long to go back to the standard screen without storing settings. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, Automatic central door locking Setting units (Units) If set unit is “km”, the display will show fu- when travelling (Autoclose) With this function it is possible to set the el consumption in km/l or l/100km. When activated (On), this function locks units through three submenus: “Dis- If set unit is “mi” the display will show fu- automatically the doors when the car tances”, “Consumption” and “Tempera- el consumption in “mpg”. speed exceeds 20 km/h. ture”. – press button Õ or Ô for setting; To activate (On) or to deactivate (Off) this To set the required unit proceed as fol- function proceed as follows: lows: – if selecting “Temperature”: pressing but-ton MODE briefly, the display will show – briefly press button MODE, the display – briefly press button MODE, the display “°C” or “°F” (according to previous set- will show the wording “Travelling”. Word- will show the three submenus; ting); ings On or Off will flash (according to pre- vious setting); – press button Õ or Ô to scroll the three – press button Õ or Ô to select the re-submenus; quired level; – press button Õ or Ô for setting; – select the required submenu and then – briefly press button MODE to go back press briefly button MODE; to the menu screen or press the button for long to go back to the standard screen – if selecting “Distances”: pressing button without storing settings. MODE briefly, the display will show “km”or “mi” (according to previous setting); – press button Õ or Ô for setting; – if selecting “Consumption”: pressing but- ton MODE briefly, the display will show “km/l ”, “l/100km” or “mpg” (according to previous setting);

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, After setting, briefly press button MODE Selecting the language (Language) Setting the buzzer volume to go back to the submenu screen or (Buzzer volume) press the button for long to go back to the Display messages can be shown in differ- main menu screen without storing set- ent languages: Italian, French, Spanish, Por- With this function the volume of the tings. tuguese, German, English. buzzer accompanying any failure/warning To set the required language proceed as indication can be adjusted according to 8– press again button MODE for long to levels. go back to the standard screen or to the follows: main menu according to the current menu – briefly press button MODE: the previ- To set the required the volume proceed level. ously set “language” will flash on the dis- as follows: play; – briefly press button MODE: the previ- – press button Õ or Ô for setting; ously set volume “level” will flash on thedisplay; – briefly press button MODE to go back to the menu screen or press the button – press button Õ or Ô for setting; for long to go back to the standard screen – briefly press button MODE to go back without storing settings. to the menu screen or press the button for long to go back to the standard screen without storing settings. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, Adjusting the button volume S.B.R. buzzer reactivation Scheduled Servicing (Service) (Button vol.) (Belt buzzer) Through this function it is possible to dis- With this function the volume of the This function can be only displayed after play information connected to proper car roger-beep accompanying the activation Fiat Dealership has deactivated the S.B.R. servicing. of buttons MODE, Õ and Ô can be ad- system (see paragraph “S.B.R. system” in justed according to 8 levels. section “Safety devices”). To display scheduled servicing info pro-ceed as follows: To set the required the volume proceed as follows: – briefly press button MODE: service inkm or mi, according to previous setting, – briefly press button MODE: the previ- will be displayed (see paragraph “Distance ously set volume “level” will flash on the unit”); display; – press button Õ or Ô to select display- – press button Õ or Ô for setting; ing in days; – briefly press button MODE to go back – briefly press button MODE to go back to the menu screen or press the button to the menu screen or press the button for long to go back to the standard screen for long to go back to the standard screen without storing settings. without storing settings.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Note The “Service Schedule” includes car Exit Menu maintenance every 30,000 km (or equiv- alent value in miles) or every year; this is This is the last function that closes the cir- shown automatically, with the ignition key cular setting cycle listed in the initial menu at MAR, starting from 2,000 km (or equiv- screen. alent value in miles) or 30 days from this Briefly press button MODE to go back to deadline and it is shown again every 200 the standard screen without storing set- km (or equivalent value in miles) or every tings. 3 days. Below 200 km servicing indications are displayed more frequently. Servicing Press button Ô to return to the first menu indication will be displayed in km or mi ac- option (Speed Beep). fig. 23 F0C0259m cording to previous setting. When a pro- grammed maintenance interval (coupon) Instrument panel, display and is near to come, turning the ignition key button lighting adjustment to MAR, the display will show the mes- sage “Service” followed by the number of (Light rheostat) km/mi or days to go before car servicing. With this function it is possible to adjust “Scheduled servicing” message is displayed the lighting (dimming/brightening) of the in km/mi or days according to the ap- instrument panel, sound system display, proaching service interval. Contact a Fiat Connect/Navigator display, two-zone cli- Dealership to carry out any service op- mate control display and steering wheel eration provided by the “Service sched- controls. ule” or “Annual inspection plan”, and to reset the display. Press buttons Õ/Ô fig. 23 for light ad- justment to carry out required light ad- justment. Return to standard screen is automatic or by pressing briefly button MODE. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

TRIP COMPUTER “General Trip” displays the figures relat- Values displayed

ing to: Range GENERAL – Range This value shows the distance in km (or The “Trip computer” displays information – Trip distance mi) that the car can still cover before (with ignition key at MAR), relating to the – Average consumption needing fuel, assuming that driving condi- operating status of the car. tions are kept unvaried. The display will – Instant consumption show “-” if the range value is below 50 This function comprises the “General trip” km (or 30 mi). concerning the “complete mission” of the – Average speed car (journey) and “Trip B”, concerning the Trip distance– Trip time (driving time). partial mission of the car; this latter func- This value shows the distance covered tion is “contained” (as shown in fig. 25) from the start of the new mission. within the complete mission. Both func- tions are resettable (reset - start of new “Trip B” displays the figures relating to: Average consumption mission). – Trip distance B This value shows the average consump- – Average consumption B tion from the start of the new mission. – Average speed B Instant consumption – Trip time B (driving time). This value shows instant fuel consumption (this value is updated second by second). If Note “Trip B” function can be excluded parking the car with engine on, the display (see paragraph “Trip B On/Off”). “Range” will show “-”. and “Instant consumption” cannot be re- set. Average speed This value shows the car average speed as a function of the overall time elapsed since the start of the new mission.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Trip time TRIP button fig. 24 This value shows the time elapsed since The TRIP button, set on right steering col- the start of the new mission. umn stalk, shall be used (with ignition key IMPORTANT Lacking information, Trip at MAR), to display and to reset the pre- computer values are displayed with “-”. viously described values to start a new When normal operating condition is re- mission: set, calculation of different units will – short push to display the different val- restart regularly. Values displayed before ues; the failure will not be reset. – long push to reset and then start a new fig. 24 F0C0023m mission. New mission New mission starts after: – “manual” resetting by the user, by press- ing the relevant button; – “automatic” resetting, when the “trip distance” reaches 4999,9 km or when the “trip time” reaches 99.59 (99 hours and 59 minutes); – after disconnecting/reconnecting the battery. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, IMPORTANT The reset operation in the Start of journey procedure presence of the screens concerning the “General Trip” makes it possible to reset With ignition key at MAR, press and keep also the “Trip B”. The reset operation in TRIP button pressed for over 2 seconds the presence of the screens concerning to reset. only the “Trip B” makes it possible to re- set only the information associated with this function. Reset GENERAL TRIP Reset GENERAL TRIP End of complete mission End of complete mission Start of new mission Start of new mission GENERAL TRIP Reset TRIP B TRIP B Reset TRIP B TRIP B Reset TRIP B TRIP B End of partial mission Start of new partial mission End of partial mission Start of new partial mission End of partial mission Reset TRIP B Start of new End of partial mission partial mission Start of new partial mission fig. 25

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS ˙ ˙ ˙ ˙ ˙ ˙ ˙ ˙,

SEATS Only make adjustments when

the car is stationary. FRONT SEATS fig. 26 Moving the seat backwards or forwards Fabric upholstery of your car Lift the lever A (on the internal side of the is purpose-made to withstand seat) and push the seat forwards or back- common wear resulting from wards: in driving position the arms should normal use of the car. It is rest on the rim of the steering wheel. however absolutely necessary to pre- vent hard and/or prolonged scratch- Seat height adjustment ing/scraping caused by clothing acces- (where provided) sories like metallic buckles, studs, “Vel- cro” fixings, etc. that stressing locally Move the lever B upwards or downwards the fabric could break yarns and dam- to achieve the required height. age the upholstery as a consequence. IMPORTANT Adjustment must be car- ried out only seated in the driver’s seat. Back rest angle adjustment fig. 26 F0C0158m Turn the knob C. Tilting the back rest Once you have released the Lumbar adjustment (3-door versions) lever, check that the seat is (where provided) firmly locked in the runners by To gain access to the rear seats, pull the To adjust, turn the knob D. trying to move it back andhandle E upwards, the back rest folds and forth. Failure to lock the seat in place the seat is free to run forwards. When re- could result in the seat moving sud- setting the back rest, the seat returns to denly and the driver losing control of its original position (mechanical memory). the car. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, fig. 27 F0C305m Seat warming (where provided) fig. 27 With ignition key at MAR, press button

C to switch the seat warming on/off. The

led on the button will light up when the function is on. fig. 28 F0C0415m fig. 29 F0C0404m Front passenger’s seat EASY ENTRY (3-door versions) “table” tilting (where provided) This function, operating regardless of the To tilt the seat, use lever A-fig. 28 and ignition key position, facilitates access to fold the back rest at the same time. rear seats. To reset it to normal position, lift the back To access the rear seats lift handle A-fig. rest in the direction opposed to the ar- 29 and move the seat back forwards B: row until hearing the coupling click. the seat automatically slides forward.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, When the front seat back is returned to its normal position, the seat returns to its Fabric upholstery of your car original position. is purpose-made to withstandcommon wear resulting from If, when returning to the original position, normal use of the car. It is it finds an obstacle (e.g.: rear passenger’s however absolutely necessary to pre- knees) it stops; then moves forwards of vent hard and/or prolonged scratch- few centimetres and then it locks. ing/scraping caused by clothing acces- sories like metallic buckles, studs, “Vel- REAR SLIDING SEATS cro” fixings, etc. that stressing locally (where provided) the fabric could break yarns and dam- age the upholstery as a consequence. Back rest angle adjustment Lift handle A-fig. 30 and guide the back rest adjusting it in one of the six available positions. fig. 30 F0C0338m Moving the seat backwards or forwards Lift lever B taking it in the middle and move the seat backwards or forwards; the two sides can be adjusted individually. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, fig. 31 F0C0314m fig. 32 F0C0315m fig. 33 F0C0312m The space obtained between the rear seat To guarantee proper seat belt fastening WARNING back and the baggage compartment can be when travelling, the seat back shall be ad- covered with proper boot covers B- justed in 4th position fig. 33 Once you have released the fig. 31 (left-hand side) and D (right-hand lever, check that the seat is side). firmly locked in the runners by trying to move it back and forth. Failure to To do this, take tongues A-fig. 31and C lock the seat in place could result in and leading them delicately, hook covers the seat moving suddenly and the dri- B-fig. 31 and D to the relevant fixings E- WARNING ver losing control of the car. fig. 32 located on the back of the rear seat backs. Only make adjustmentswhen the car is stationary.

WARNING

For maximum safety, keep the back of your seat up- right, lean back into it and make sure the seat belt fits closely across your chest and hips.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

HEAD RESTRAINTS FRONT

Head restraints are adjustable in height and they lock automatically in the required position. ❒ to raise: raise the head restraint until hearing the locking click. fig. 34 F0C0123m fig. 35 F0C0095m ❒ to lower: press button A-fig. 34 and lower the head restraint.

WARNING REAR

Remember that the head re- Rear seats are fitted with three head re- straints should be adjusted straints. to support the back of your head and not your neck. Only in this position To lift out head restraint: take it com- do they exert their protective action. pletely out from the seat back (position ofuse) until hearing a click. To bring it back to the original position (non-use position): press button A- fig. 35 and lower the head restraint down into its seat.

WARNING IMPORTANT Rear seat passengers shall

To optimise head restraint always set the head restraints in the po- protective action, adjust the sition of use. seat back upright and keep your head as close as possible to the head re- straint. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

STEERING WHEEL WARNING

Any adjustment of the steer- The driver can adjust the steering wheel ing wheel position must be position both axially and in height. carried out only with the car station- Release the lever A-fig. 36 pulling it to- ary and the engine turned off. wards the steering wheel, then adjust it in the most suitable position and lock it push- ing the lever A fully forwards. fig. 36 F0C0033m

WARNING

It is absolutely forbidden to carry out whatever after- market operation involving steering system or steering column modifica- tions (e.g.: installation of anti-theft device) that could badly affect per- formance and safety, cause the lapse of warranty and also result in non- compliance of the car with homolo- gation requirements.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

REARVIEW MIRRORS

DRIVING MIRROR The mirror is fitted with a safety device that causes it to be released in the event of a violent crash. It can be moved using the lever A-fig. 37 to two different positions: normal or antiglare. fig. 37 F0C0040m fig. 39 F0C0529m DOOR MIRRORS Electrical adjustment Proceed as follows: Manual adjustment ❒ use switch A-fig. 39 to select the mir- When required (for example when the ror required (left or right); mirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces) it is possible to fold the mirror moving it ❒ to adjust the mirror move the joystick from position A-fig. 38 to position B. B in the four directions. fig. 38 F0C00144m When driving the mirrors shall As the driver’s door mirror is always be in position A-fig. 38. curved, it may slightly alter the perception of distance. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

HEATING/CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

F0C0002m fig. 40 1. Upper fixed vent for defrosting or demisting windscreen - 2. Centre adjustable vent -3. Fixed vents for defrosting or demisting side windows - 4. Side adjustable and swivel vents - 5. Lower vents - 6. Rear adjustable and swivel outlet - 7. Rear feet area fixed vents.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, fig. 41 F0C0064m fig. 42 F0C0031m fig. 43 F0C0030m SIDE SWIVEL OUTLETS AND CENTRAL VENTS fig. 42 REAR VENT fig. 43 VENTS fig. 41 A - Controls for directing air flow (where provided) A - Fixed vent for side windows. (up/down, right/left). A - Controls for directing air flow B - Air flow adjusting control: B - Air flow adjusting controls: (up/down, right/left). ç = completely closed ç = completely closed B - Air flow adjusting control:

O = completely open. O = completely open. ç = completely closed

C - Control for directing air flow O = completely open. (up/down, right/left). Certain versions feature an oddment com- partment instead of the rear vent. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

HEATING AND VENTILATION CONTROLS

A: Air temperature knob (mixing hot and cold air) B: Heated rear window on/off button C: Fan knob D: Air recirculation on/off button E: Air distribution knob. F0C0380m fig. 44 WARMING THE PASSENGER ≤to warm the feet and at the same COMPARTMENT time demist the windscreen Proceed as follows: μ to warm the feet and keep the face cool (“bilevel” function) ❒ knob pointer A in the red section; w to warm the feet of the passengers ❒ knob pointer C on required speed; in the front and rear seats ❒ turn the knob E to: ❒ air recirculation off (button led T off).

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, FRONT WINDOW HEATED REAR WINDOW RECIRCULATION FAST DEMISTING/DEFROSTING AND DOOR MIRROR Pressing button T turns on this func- Proceed as follows: DEMISTING/DEFROSTING tion which is shown by the turning on of Pressing button ( turns on this function the led on the button. This function is par-❒ rotate completely (pointer on -) ticularly useful when the outside air is knob A to the right; which is shown by the turning on of theled on the button (. heavily polluted (in a traffic jam, tunnel, ❒ turn knob C to -; etc.). However, it is better not to use itThis function is timed and switches off au- for long periods, especially if there are sev- ❒ turn knob E to -; tomatically after 20 minutes. To cut out eral people in the car. this function press again button (. ❒ air recirculation off (button led T IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation off). IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on system makes it possible to reach the re- the inside of the rear window over the After demisting/defrosting use common quired “heating” or “cooling” conditionsheating filaments to avoid damage that controls to maintain the optimum condi- faster. Do not use the air recirculationmight cause it to stop working properly. tions of visibility and comfort. function on rainy/cold days as it would considerably increase the possibility of the FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT windows misting inside. Window demisting To ventilate the passenger’s compartment In the event of considerable outside mois- properly, proceed as follows: ture and/or rain and/or considerable dif- ferences in temperature inside and out- ❒ Central and side vents: completely side the passenger compartment, perform open; the following preventive demisting proce- dure: ❒ Knob pointer A on blue section; ❒ air recirculation off (button led ❒ knob pointer C on required speed;T off); ❒ Knob pointer E to ¥; ❒ turn knob A to red section; ❒ air recirculation off (button led T ❒ turn knob C to 2nd speed; off). ❒ turn knob E to - or to ≤ if the win- dows do not demist. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

(where provided)

CONTROLS

A: Air temperature knob (mixing hot and cold air) B: Heated rear window on/off button C: Fan knob D: Compressor on/off switch E: Air recirculation on/off button F: Air distribution knob. F0C0372m fig. 45 WARMING THE PASSENGER ≤to warm the feet and at the same time COMPARTMENT demist the windscreen Proceed as follows: μto warm the feet and keep the face cool (“bilevel” function) ❒ knob pointer A in the red section; w to warm the feet of the front and rear ❒ knob pointer C on required speed; passengers. ❒ turn knob F to: ❒ air recirculation off (button led T off).

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, FRONT WINDOW ❒ turn knob A to red section; FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT FAST DEMISTING/DEFROSTING ❒ turn knob C to 2nd speed; To ventilate the passenger’s compartment Proceed as follows: turn knob F to or to if the win- properly, proceed as follows:❒ - ≤ ❒ press button ❄; dows do not demist. ❒ Central and side vents: completely ❒ rotate completely (pointer on -) Climate control system is very useful to open; knob A to the right; speed up demisting since it dehumidifies ❒ Knob pointer A on blue section; the air. Set controls to demisting function ❒ turn knob C to -; and switch on the climate control system ❒ knob pointer C on required speed; ❒ turn knob F to -; by pressing button ❄. ❒ Knob pointer F to ¥; ❒ air recirculation off (button led T off). HEATED REAR WINDOW ❒ air recirculation off (button led T off). AND DOOR MIRROR After demisting/defrosting use common DEMISTING/DEFROSTING controls to maintain the optimum condi- tions of visibility and comfort. Pressing button ( turns on this function which is shown by the turning on of the led on the button (. Window demisting This function is timed and switches off au- In the event of considerable outside mois- tomatically after 20 minutes. To cut out ture and/or rain and/or considerable dif- this function press again button (. ferences in temperature inside and out- side the passenger compartment, perform IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on the following preventive demisting proce- the inside of the rear window over the dure: heating filaments to avoid damage that might cause it to stop working properly. ❒ press button ❄; ❒ air recirculation off (button led T off); INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, AIR RECIRCULATION CLIMATE CONTROL (cooling) LOOKING AFTER THE SYSTEM Pressing button T turns on this func- Proceed as follows: During winter, the climate control system tion which is shown by the turning on of must be turned on at least once a month the led on the button. ❒ Knob pointer A on blue section; for about 10 minutes. Before summer, This function is particularly useful when ❒ knob pointer C on required speed; have the system checked at a Fiat Deal- the outside air is heavily polluted (in a traf- ership.❒ Knob pointer F to ¥; fic jam, tunnel, etc.) However, it is better not to use it for long periods, especially ❒ Press buttons ❄ and T (button leds if there are several people in the car. on). IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation Cooling adjustment system makes it possible to reach the re- quired “heating” or “cooling” conditions Proceed as follows: faster. Do not use the air recirculation function on rainy/cold days as it would ❒ Turn off button T (button led off); considerably increase the possibility of the ❒ Turn knob A to the right to raise tem- windows misting inside. perature; ❒ Turn knob C to the left to reduce the fan speed.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

AUTOMATIC TWO-ZONE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

(where provided) Description The car is fitted with a two-zone climate control system which makes it possible to separately adjust the air temperature on the driver’s side and on the passenger’s side. The system is fitted with the AQS func- tion (Air Quality System) that turns on in- side air recirculation automatically when it detects the presence of outside pollut- ed air (for example when driving in the city, queues and tunnels). F0C0381m fig. 46

CONTROLS

A: Button for selecting the system auto- E: Button for aligning the temperature H: MAX-DEF function button (front win- matic mode (AUTO) and knob to ad- set on the passenger’s side with that dow fast defrosting/demisting) just temperature on driver side on the driver’s side (MONO) and B: Air distribution selection button knob to adjust temperature on pas- I: Passenger compartment temperature senger side sensor C: Display showing climate control sys- F: Two-zone climate control on/off but- L: Inside air recirculation and AQS func-tem data ton tion on/off button D: Knob for adjusting fan speed G: Rear window heating on/off button M: Climate control compressor on/offbutton INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, SWITCHING THE CLIMATE HOW TO USE THE AUTOMATIC It is possible to personalise the choices CONTROL SYSTEM ON FUNCTION (AUTO) made automatically by the system inter- vening manually on the following controls: The system can be started in different Press button AUTO; the system will au- ways, but it is advisable to set the tem- tomatically adjust: ❒ fan speed adjustment knob; peratures required on the display; then press button AUTO. ❒ air inlet in the passenger’s compart- ❒ air distribution selection button;ment; It is possible to personalise required tem- ❒ inside air recirculation and AQS func- peratures (driver and passenger) with a ❒ air distribution in the passenger’s com- tion on/off button; maximum difference of 7°C. partment; ❒ climate control compressor button. The climate control system compressor thus cancelling all the previous manual ad- works only with the engine running and justments. outside temperature above 4°C. When the climate control system is work- ing automatically, FULL AUTO is dis- played.

WARNING

It is inadvisable to use the in- side air recirculation feature with low outside temperature as the windows might mist over quickly.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT FAST FRONT WINDOW HEATED REAR WINDOW To adjust the fan speed, press button . DEMISTING/DEFROSTING AND DOOR MIRRORp (MAX-DEF function) DEMISTING/DEFROSTING The 12 selectable speeds are shown by the lighting up of the bars on the climate con- Pressing button - the climate control Pressing button ( activates this function. trol system display: automatically activates timed operation of When this function is on, the button led all the functions required to quicken is on. ❒ max fan speed = all bars lit demisting/defrosting of the windscreen and front side windows. This function is timed. ❒ min fan speed = one bar lit. The fan can be cut off (all bars off) only if Functions are: IMPORTANT Press button T to ob- tain outside air inlet into passenger com- the climate control compressor has been ❒ switches on climate control compres- partment. switched off pressing button ❄. sor (if outside temperature exceeds To restore automatic fan speed control, 4°C); after a manual adjustment, press button ❒ switches off inside air recirculation, if AUTO. on (button led T off); ❒ switches on heated rear window (but- ton led - on) and door mirror coils; ❒ sets max air temperature; ❒ activates proper air flow. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, INSIDE AIR RECIRCULATION Pressing button OFF, the climate control AQS (Air Quality System) ON/OFF AND AQS FUNCTION system turns on automatically the inside function activation (Air Quality System) air recirculation function (button led

T on). In these conditions it is how- The AQS function, (message AQS on the

Press button T. ever possible to take air from the outside display), turns on air recirculation auto- Inside air recirculation is controlled by (and vice versa) pressing button T matically when it detects the presence of outside polluted air (for example when three operating logics: (button led off). driving in the city, queues and tunnels). ❒ automatic control, indicated by message With button OFF pressed (button led on), the AQS (Air Quality System) function IMPORTANT When the AQS function isAQS on the display and button led active, after 15 minutes of consecutive in-

T off; cannot be activated. ternal air recirculation, the climate con-

❒ forced switching off (inside air recircu- IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation trol system enables outside air inlet (re- lation always off with air inlet from out- system makes it possible to reach the re- gardless of air pollution level) for approx. side), button led T off; quired “heating” or “cooling” conditions 1 minute to change air inside the passen-faster. It is however inadvisable to use it ger compartment. ❒ forced switching on (inside air recircu- on rainy/cold days as it would consider- lation always on with air inlet from out- ably increase the possibility of the win- side), button led T on. dows misting inside, especially if the cli- mate control system is off. It is advisable to turn on the inside air recirculation sys- tem in queues or tunnels to avoid admit- ting polluted air from outside. The pro- longed use of this function should how- ever be avoided, especially with several persons on board, to avoid the possibili- ty of the windows misting inside.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, ALIGNMENT OF SET CLIMATE CONTROL AIR DISTRIBUTION SELECTION TEMPERATURES COMPRESSOR ON/OFF Pressing one or more buttons Q/E/Z (MONO function) Press button ❄ to switch on the climate it is possible to choose manually 7 of the Pressing button MONO automatically control compressor. possible air distributions to the passenger aligns the temperature on the passenger’s compartment: side with that on the driver’s side. Compressor on Q Air flow to the windscreen and Turn the knob AUTO or MONO to ❒ button led ❄ on; front side window vents to demist raise/reduce the temperature between the or defrost them. two zones by the same value. ❒ symbol ❄ on the display, lit.

Z Air flow towards the front and

Press again button MONO to disable the Compressor off rear lower parts of the passenger function. button led off; compartment. This type of distri-❒ ❄ bution allows heating of the pas- ❒ symbol ❄ on the display, off; senger compartment in the short- ❒ inside air recirculation off; est time. ❒ AQS function disabled. QE Splitting of the air flow between

Z

With the climate control compressor off, front and rear vents, centre and it is not possible to admit air to the pas- side dashboard outlets, rear out- senger compartment with a temperature let, windscreen and front side win- below the outside temperature; in this dow demisting vents. case symbol ò flashes on the display.

E Air flow to the dashboard centre

The switching off of the climate control and side outlets (passenger’s compressor remains in storage even when body). the engine has been stopped. To restore automatic control for switching on the cli- mate control compressor, press button ❄ or AUTO, in which case, the other man- ual settings set will be cancelled. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

Q Splitting of the air flow between IMPORTANT For operation of the cli- SWITCHING THE CLIMATE Z feet vents and windscreen and mate control system, at least one of but- CONTROL SYSTEM OFF

front side window demisting/de- tons Q/E/Z shall be activated. Deacti- frosting vents. This type of air vation of all buttons Q/E/Z is therefore Press button OFF. distribution allows satisfactory not enabled by the system. The following information is displayed: heating of the passenger com- IMPORTANT To switch the system on ❒ writing OFF; partment while preventing pos- again, press button OFF; this operation re- sible misting of the windows. sets all operating conditions stored before ❒ outside temperature; switching off. ❒ inside air recirculation on (button led

E Splitting of the air flow between To restore automatic air distribution con- T on). Z feet vents (warmest air) and the trol after a manual selection, press button

dashboard centre and side outlets AUTO. and the rear outlet (coolest air).

Q E Splitting of the air flow between

centre and side dashboard outlets, rear outlet and windscreen and side window demisting/defrosting vents. This type of air distribution allows satisfactory ventilation of the passenger compartment while preventing possible misting of the windows.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

EXTERNAL LIGHTS

The left-hand stalk controls the external lights and the direction indicators. The external lights can only be switched on when the ignition key is at MAR. LIGHTS SWITCHED OFF fig. 47 Knurled ring turned to O. fig. 47 F0C0042m fig. 48 F0C0046m SIDELIGHTS fig. 47 MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS fig. 47 DIRECTION INDICATORS fig. 48 Turn the knurled ring to 6. When the knurled ring is at 2 push the Push the lever to (stable) position: The warning light 3 on the instrument lever towards the dashboard (stable posi- ❒ up (position 1): right-hand direction in- panel will turn on. tion). dicator on The warning light 1 on the instrument DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS panel will turn on. ❒ down (position 2): left-hand direction fig. 47 indicator on Pulling the lever towards the steering Turn the knurled ring to 2. wheel again, the main beams are turned Warning light Î or ¥ will come on flash- off and the dipped beams on. ing on the instrument cluster at the sameThe warning light 3 on the instrument time. panel will turn on. FLASHING THE HEADLIGHTS fig. 47 Pull the lever towards the steering wheel (unstable position) regardless of the po- sition of the knurled ring. The warning light 1 on the instrument panel will turn on. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, Direction indicators are switched off au- Activation tomatically when the steering wheel is straightened. With the ignition key at STOP or re-moved, pull the stalk towards the steering If you want the indicator to flash briefly to wheel and operate it within 2 minutes show that you are about to change lane, from when the engine is turned off. move the stalk up or down without click- ing into position (unstable position). When At each single movement of the stalk, the released the stalk will return to its home staying on of the lights is extended by 30 position. seconds up to a maximum of 2.5 minutes,then the lights are switched off automati- fig. 49 F0C0045m cally. Each time the lever is operated, the warn- “FOLLOW ME HOME” ing light 3 turns on together with the DEVICE fig. 49 message on the display (see “Warning This function allows the illumination of the lights and messages” section). space in front of the car for a preset pe- riod of time. Deactivation Keep the stalk pulled towards the steer- ing wheel for more than 2 seconds.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Activation Deactivation Turn the knurled ring to 2A : in this way, As a result of the sensor control, the main the automatic activation of the side/tail- beam headlights will switch off and, after lights and dipped beam headlights are si- around 10 seconds, sidelights will switch multaneously enabled according to the ex- off too. ternal luminosity. The light sensor is not able to detect the During the sensor operation lights can on- fog presence, lights shall therefore be ly be made flashing. switched on manually. fig. 50 F0C0153m AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTS SENSOR (daylight sensor) fig. 50 (where provided) It detects the changes of the external light intensity of the car according to the light sensitivity set: greater is the sensitivity, smaller is the amount of external light nec- essary to control the switching-on of the exterior headlights. The daylight sensor sensitivity can be adjusted with the “Set- up menu” on the display. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

WINDOW WASHING Never use the window wiper

to remove ice or snow from WINDSCREEN WASHER/ the windscreen. In these con- WIPER fig. 51 ditions, the wiper is submittedto excessive effort that results in mo- The device can only work when the igni- tor protection cutting in and wiper op- tion key is at MAR. eration inhibition for few seconds as a consequence. If operation is not re- The right stalk can be moved to five dif- stored contact Fiat Dealership. ferent positions: A: windscreen wiper off. B: flick wipe. With the stalk in position B, turning the knurled ring F four possible intermittent speeds are obtained: , = very slow intermittent ■ = slow intermittent. ■■ = intermittent medium. ■■■ = fast intermittent. fig. 51 F0C0048m C: continuous slow; Operation in position E is limited to the time the lever is held in this position. D: continuous fast; When the lever is released, it returns to E: fast temporary (unstable position). position A automatically stopping thewiper. IMPORTANT When the wiper is on, en- gaging reverse gear automatically turns on the rear window wiper.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Activation Move the right-hand stalk downwards by one position. The activation of the rain sensor is sig- nalled by a control acquisition “stroke”. IMPORTANT Keep clean the glass in the sensor area. Turning the knurled ring F-fig. 51 it is fig. 52 F0C0049m fig. 53 F0C0053m possible to increase the sensitivity of the rain sensor, obtaining a quicker change “Smart washing” function fig. 52 RAIN SENSOR (where provided) from stationary (no wiping) when the windscreen is dry, to first continuous Pulling the stalk towards the steering The rain sensor A-fig. 53 is behind the speed (continuous slow). wheel (unstable position) operates the driving mirror in contact with the wind- windscreen washer. screen and has the purpose of automati- The increase of the sensitivity of the rain Keeping the stalk pulled, with just one cally adjust, during the intermittent oper- sensor is signalled by a control and acqui- movement it is possible to operate the ation, the frequency of the windscreen sition “stroke”. washer jet and the wiper at the same time; wiper strokes as to the rain intensity. Operating the windscreen washer with indeed, the latter comes into action au- The sensor has a range of adjustment that the rain sensor activated the normal wash- tomatically if the stalk is pulled for more gradually varies between wiper stationary ing cycle is performed at the end of which than half a second. (no wiping) when the windscreen is dry, the rain sensor resumes its normal auto- The wiper stops working a few strokes af- to wiper at first continuous speed (con- matic function. ter releasing the stalk; a further “cleaning tinuous slow) with heavy rain. stroke”, after a few seconds, completes the wiping operation. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, Deactivation The rain sensor is able to recognize and automatically adjust itself in the presence In the event of ice on theTurn the ignition key to STOP. of the following particular conditions: windscreen, make sure to havedisconnected the device. To the following starting operation (key at MAR), the sensor will not be reacti- ❒ impurities on the controlled surface vated even is the stalk is on B- (salt, dirt, etc.); fig. 51. In this event, to activate the rain ❒ streaks of water caused by worn wiper sensor, you have to move the stalk to A blades; or C and then again to B. WARNING ❒ difference between day and night. Make sure to have discon- When the rain sensor is again activated nected the device when in this way, at least one windscreen wiper cleaning the windscreen. stroke occurs, even if the windscreen is dry. Do not activate the rain sen- sor when washing the car in an automatic washing station.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Never use the rear window wiper to remove ice or snow from the rear window. In these conditions, the wiper is sub- mitted to excessive effort that results in motor protection cutting in and wiper operation inhibition for few sec- onds as a consequence. If operation is not restored contact Fiat Dealership. fig. 54 F0C0047m fig. 55 F0C0270m REAR WINDOW WASHER/ HEADLIGHT WASHER fig. 55 WIPER fig. 54 Fiat Stilo headlight washers are “re- The device can only work when the igni- tractable”, i.e.: they are located inside the tion key is at MAR. front bumpers and they are activated (with dipped beam headlights and/or main beam Pushing the stalk towards the dashboard headlights on) when the windscreen wash- (unstable position), the rear window er is operated. washer jet and the continuous rear win- dow wiper operation are activated. IMPORTANT Check at regular intervals correct operation and cleanness of noz- Operation ends when the stalk is released. zles. Turning the knurled ring A from O to ' the rear window wiper with intermittent operation is activated. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

CRUISE CONTROL TO MEMORISE SPEED

(constant speed Proceed as follows: regulator) ❒ turn the knurled ring A-fig. 56 to ON (where provided) and press the accelerator pedal to therequired speed; It is a device able to support the driver, ❒ turn the knurled ring B to (+) for at with electronic control, which allows dri- least three seconds, then release it. The ving at speed over 30 km/h on long and car speed is memorised and it is there- straight dry roads (e.g.: motorways), at a fig. 56 F0C0127m fore possible to release the accelerator desired speed, without pressing the ac- pedal. celerator pedal. Therefore it is not sug- gested to use this device on extra-urban DEVICE ENGAGEMENT In the case of need (when overtaking for roads with traffic. Do not use it in town. instance) acceleration is possible simplyTurn knurled ring A-fig. 56 to ON. pressing the accelerator pedal: releasing The device may only be engaged in the 4th the accelerator pedal, the car will return or 5th gear. Travelling downhill with the to the speed memorised previously. device engaged, the car speed may in- crease more than the memorised one. When the device is activated, the warning light Ü on the instrument panel turns on together with the message on the display (see section “Warning lights and mes- sages”).

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, TO RESET THE MEMORISED TO INCREASE THE MEMORISED TO REDUCE MEMORISED SPEED SPEED SPEED The speed memorised can be increased in If the device has been disengaged for ex- The speed memorised can be increased in two ways: ample pressing the brake or clutch pedal, two ways: the memorised speed can be reset as fol- ❒ disengaging the device and then mem- lows: ❒ pressing the accelerator and then mem- orising the new speed;orising the new speed reached; ❒ accelerate gradually until reaching a or speed approaching the one memorised; or ❒ keeping the knurled ring B-fig. 56 to engage the gear selected at the time of ❒ turning the knurled ring B-fig. 56 tem- (–) until reaching the new speed which❒ speed memorising (4th or 5th gear); porarily to (+). will be memorised automatically. press button C-fig. 56. Each turn of the knurled ring will corre- Each turn of the knurled ring will corre-❒ spond to a slight increase in speed (about spond to a slight reduction in speed (about 1 km/h), while keeping the knurled ring 1 km/h), while keeping the knurled ring turned will correspond to a continuous turned will correspond to a continuous speed increase. speed reduction. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, DEVICE DISENGAGEMENT WARNING WARNING Turn the knurled ring A-fig. 56 to OFF When travelling with the de- In the event of device mal- or the ignition key to STOP. The device vice on, never set the function or failure, turn the is automatically deactivated also in one of gearshift lever to neutral and do not knurled ring A-fig. 56 to OFF and the following cases: move the Selespeed lever to N. contact a Fiat Dealership after check- pressing the brake or clutch pedal; ing the protection fuse integrity.❒ ❒ ASR or ESP cut-in (where provided); ❒ gearshifting in versions with Selespeed automatic transmission (where provid- ed); ❒ involuntarily moving the Selespeed lever (where provided) toN.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

CEILING LIGHTS

FRONT CEILING LIGHT fig. 57 Courtesy lights Press button A to turn on/off the driver’s courtesy light or button C to turn on/off the passenger’s courtesy light. F0C0374m F0C0055m With the key to STOP or removed, the fig. 57 fig. 58 ceiling light will stay on for about 15 min- utes, then it is automatically switched off. Central light REAR CEILING LIGHT It turns on automatically when opening a (where provided) fig. 58 door and it will turn off when closing the door, about 10 seconds later. Versions without sunroof If the door is left open, the light goes off Press button A to turn on/off the left rear after about 3 minutes. light or button B to turn on/off the right rear light. The bulb can also be turned on/off by pressing button B. When the front ceiling light is on, also the rear ceiling light will come on. Light turning on/off is gradual. After switching on by button B, if the key is at STOP or removed, the ceiling light stays on for about 15 minutes, then it is automatically switched off. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

CONTROLS

HAZARD LIGHTS fig. 60 They come on when switch A is pressed regardless of the position of the ignition key. When the device is on, the switch flashes and warning lights Î and ¥ on the cluster fig. 59 F0C0297m come on. fig. 60 F0C0081m Press the switch A again to turn the lights Versions with sunroof fig. 59 off. To turn on/off the bulbs, press the ceil- ing lights A, located on rear doors. Ceiling lights turn on: ❒ when a door is unlocked, and stay on for about 10 seconds if no door is WARNING opened; The use of hazard lights is ❒ when removing the key from the igni- governed by the Highway F0C0137m tion switch, they stay on for about 10 Code of the country you are in. Keep fig. 61 seconds and then go off automatically; to the rules. FRONT FOG LIGHTS ❒ when fuel cut-off switch is activated, they stay on for about 15 minutes, and (where provided) then go off automatically. To turn front fog lights on, press button Door locking causes immediate light A-fig. 61 to activate these lights it is nec- switching off. essary to have the side/taillights switchedon. Press the button again to turn the lights off.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, PARKING LIGHTS Carefully inspect the car to find fuel leaks, These lights can only be turned on with ig- e.g. in the engine compartment, under the nition key at STOP or removed, by car or near the tank. pressing button B-fig. 61 for about 1 sec- If no fuel leaks are found and the car can ond. be started again, press button A to reset Press the button again to turn the light off. the fuel system and the lights. After a crash, remember to turn the igni- REAR FOG LIGHTS tion key to STOP to prevent battery run- down. To turn rear fog lights on, press button C- fig. 62 F0C0062m fig. 61, to activate these lights it is nec- essary to have the dipped beams or front FUEL CUT-OFF SWITCH fig. 62 fog lights switched on. It is located next to the passenger’s door Press the button again to turn the lights post, at the bottom, and comes into op- off. eration in the case of a crash: WARNING ❒ cutting off fuel and switching off the en- If, after a crash, you smell fu- gine; el or see leaks from the fuel system, do not reset the switch to ❒ automatically unlocking the doors; avoid fine risk. ❒ switching on interior lights (for about 15 minutes). When the device comes into operation, the instrument panel warning light è comes on together with the message on the display (see section “Warning lights and messages”). INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

INTERIOR FITTINGS

FRONT ARMREST (where provided) The armrest can be adjusted up and down. To adjust, lift the armrest slightly and pull the release device B-fig. 63. An oddment compartment can be found fig. 63 F0C0070m fig. 65 F0C0339m in the front armrest. Press button A to lift the cover. The armrest houses two compartments IMPORTANT Raise the armrest com- B-fig. 65 for glass and/or can holder. To pletely to prevent interfering with the use them pull the tab C in the arrow di- handbrake lever when operating it. When rection. the armrest is fully raised, take care not to press button A accidentally to avoid Inside the armrest, after lifting the cover, opening the oddment compartment cov- there is an oddment compartment. er and the falling of the objects contained as a consequence. fig. 64 F0C0073m REAR ARMREST (where provided) To use the rear armrest A-fig. 64, low- er it as shown in the figure.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, fig. 66 F0C0058m fig. 68 F0C0056m fig. 69 F0C0032m To open the vent operate lever B in the Oddment compartments arrow direction. under the seats If the two-zone climate control system is (where provided) fig. 69 fitted, the temperature of this compart- On certain versions, under the driver seat ment will be the same as that on passen- is fitted an oddment compartment; do not ger side. use it to put inside objects heavier than 1,5 kg. Lower oddment compartment on passenger’s side fig. 67 F0C0376m Open the oddment compartment moving the handle C-fig. 68, as shown by the ar- WARNING ODDMENT COMPARTMENTS row. Never travel with the odd- Upper oddment compartment on When the oddment compartment is ment compartments open to passenger’s side opened, an interior courtesy light comes prevent risk of injuries in the event of on. Such light stays on for about 15 min- a crash. Open the oddment compartment A- utes after having turned the key to STOP. fig. 66 as shown by the arrow. If during this time a door or the boot are The oddment compartment can be heat- opened, the light will come on again for ed/cooled by an air vent B-fig. 67 con- about 15 minutes. nected to the climate control system. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, fig. 70 F0C0102m fig. 71 F0C0475m fig. 72 F0C0076m CURRENT OUTLET (12V) IMPORTANT The cigar lighter gets very TILTING SHELF (where provided) The current outlet is located on the cen- hot. Handle it with care and make sure tral console and it only works with igni- that it is not used by children: danger of Behind the passenger seatback, it is avail- fire and/or burns. able (on certain versions) a tilting shelf A-tion key at MAR. If the smokers’ kit is re- fig. 72. quested, the current outlet will be re- placed by the cigar lighter (see next para- ASHTRAY (where provided) To position it horizontally, pull it towards graph). the direction shown by the arrows; re-It consists of a spring-release removable verse this operation to reposition it. plastic container fig. 71, that can be lo- CIGAR LIGHTER cated in the glass/can holder recesses on IMPORTANT Do not position on the tilt- (where provided) the central console. ing shelf objects heavier than 3 kg: for safe- ty purposes the shelf is released from its It is located on the central console, at the IMPORTANT Do not use the ashtray as housing when submitted to excessive side of the handbrake lever. waste paper basket: it might set on fire in loads. contact with cigarette stubs. Press button A-fig. 70 to switch on the cigar lighter with ignition key at MAR. After few seconds the button will return to its initial position and is ready for use. IMPORTANT Always check that the cig- ar lighter has turned off.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, fig. 73 F0C0311m fig. 74 F0C0094m fig. 75 F0C0071m Resetting the shelf (after releasing) WARNING Proceed as follows: Never travel with the shelf fit the shelf B-fig. 73 so that the sup- tilted. The shelf or the ob-❒ port fixed pin A is fitted inside the shelf jects on it can cause injuries in the left rail; event of a crash. ❒ turn the shelf B until the lower edge is touching the support A mobile pin C; ❒ press slightly in arrow direction to set GLASS HOLDER F0C0124m the shelf B in the position of use. Pin C fig. 76 is inside the shelf right rail. The central console houses two recess- es A-fig. 74 for glasses, cups or cans. ODDMENT COMPARTMENT fig. 75 It is located in the central console, under the front armrest. SUN VISORS fig. 76 They are located at the sides of the dri- ving mirror. They can be adjusted for- wards and sidewards. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, On certain versions, th passenger’s sun vi- “SKYWINDOW” sor is fitted, on the back, with a courtesy mirror with a light which enables to use (BLADE SUNROOF) the mirror also with poor sunlight. (where provided) Lift the lid A to use the mirror. This is a roof opening system consisting of When the ignition key is at STOP, the 5 glass blades. The sunroof is equipped light stays on for about 15 minutes: if in with a sun curtain electronically con- this period a door or the tailgate is trolled, which has the function to prevent opened, the light will stay on for another sun radiation. 15 minutes. fig. 77 F0C0222m The passenger’s sun visor also carries the SUNROOF OPENING symbols and the message concerning the With ignition key at MAR turn knob A- WARNING correct use of the child restraint system fig. 77 clockwise and select one of the 6 When leaving the car, the ig- with passenger’s air bag (for further in- opening positions. nition key should be re- formation see paragraph “Front passen- moved to prevent the sunroof from ger’s Air bag” in section “Safety”). being operated inadvertently and harming anyone remaining in the car. Improper use of the sunroof can be dangerous. Before and during its op- Do not open the sunroof if eration ensure that any passengers there is snow or ice on it: it are not at risk from the moving roof could be damaged. either by personal objects getting caught in the mechanism or by being injured by it directly. To guarantee proper sunroof operation, routinely check that water drain ducts at sun- roof corners are clean; clean also gaskets and sliding guides (with a cloth soaked with water).

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, With closed blades and sun curtain open ❒ First knob click: rotary movement of the first blade until reaching position A, and the sun curtain. ❒ Second knob click: complete opening of the first blade and the other blades moving backwards. fig. 78 F0C02236m fig. 79 F0C00233m ❒ Third knob click: glass blades (2 nd, 3rd and 4th) moving backwards. GLASS BLADES OPENING ❒ Third knob click: glass blades (2nd, 3rd ❒ Fourth knob click: glass blades (2nd and (knob turning clockwise) and 4th) moving backwards and move- 3rd) moving backwards. ment of the sun curtain. With fully closed roof (curtain and blades), ❒ Fifth knob click: second blade moving control knob A-fig. 77 at “0”, glass blade ❒ Fourth knob click: glass blades (2nd and backwards. opening affects the curtain opening as fol- 3rd) moving backwards and movement lows: of the sun curtain. So the Skywindow is completely open. ❒ First knob click: rotary movement of ❒ Fifth knob click: second blade moving To open the sunroof completely with one the first blade until reaching position A- backwards and movement of the sun single operation, turn the knob to the last fig. 78; the curtain slides lined up to the curtain. click (fifth). second blade. So the Skywindow is completely open. ❒ Second knob click: complete opening of the first blade and movement of the other ones towards the rear part fig. 79 together with movement of the sun curtain. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, To close the curtain press button B- fig. 81. Curtain closing depends on glass blades opening position: the sunshade curtain cannot be closed completely if blades are open. Curtain closing can be stopped as follows: ❒ pressing again button B; fig. 80 F0C0532m fig. 81 F0C0222m ❒ when reaching the required opening position, that can be as follows: SUNROOF CLOSING SUN CURTAIN OPENING/CLOSING – with glass blades fully closed (equal toroof opening from passenger com- Glass blades closing (knob turning To open the curtain press button C- partment); counterclockwise) fig. 80 fig. 81. – with glass blades open partially: lined With blades and curtain open (knob A- Curtain opening can be stopped as fol- up to the second blade; fig. 81 on fifth click), blades closing is not lows: affecting the curtain. – with glass blades fully open: the cur- ❒ pressing again the button C; tain cannot be closed. ❒ First knob click: second blade moving forwards. ❒ when reaching the required opening IMPORTANT Turning the ignition key to position, that can be as follows: STOP after having operated one of but- ❒ Second knob click: second blade mov- tons B-fig. 81 or C, the selected opera- ing forwards. – with glass blades fully closed (equal to tion will be completed. roof opening from passenger com- ❒ Third knob click: second blade moving partment) forwards. – with glass blades open partially: lined ❒ Fourth knob click: second blade mov- up to the second blade ing forwards and first blade rotation un- til reaching the spoiler position. – with glass blades fully open: lined up to the second blade and covering the ❒ Fifth knob click: blades closing com- four open blades. pletely. To close the sunroof completely with one single operation, turn the knob to “0”.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, SUNROOF OPENING/CLOSING ANTI-CRUSHING SAFETY INITIALISATION PROCEDURE SYSTEM Sunroof shall be re-initialised after dis- With key without remote control The anti-crushing safety system fitted on connecting the battery or if the relevant (where provided) the front curtain outline is active along the protection fuse is blown: Opening: turn the key clockwise in the whole closing range of the curtain and cuts into operation when an obstacle (e.g.: fin- ❒ turn knob A-fig. 81 to “0” (fullydoor revolving plug. ger, hand, etc...) is met. This safety device closed); Closing: turn the key counterclockwise in guarantees the reversal for a short sec- ❒ keep the knob pressed for over 5 sec- the door revolving plug. tion. onds: the sunroof will close jerkily; With key with remote control In addition, the anti-crushing safety system ❒ keep the knob pressed and wait foris active on the rear border of the first complete closing of the sunroof, until Opening: prolonged pressing (for more blade and on the front outline of the sec- the sun curtain clicks twice. than 2 seconds) on button Ë. ond blade: in this case it is active on the whole closing range of the curtain and cuts Sunroof is now initialised and it shall work Closing: prolonged pressing (for more into operation when an obstacle (e.g.: fin- regularly. Otherwise, contact Fiat Deal- than 2 seconds) on button Á. ger, hand, etc...) is met. This safety device ership. When buttons Á /Ë, are released, the guarantees the reversal for a short sec- IMPORTANT Carry out the initialisation above functions are cut-off. tion. procedure with the engine running. If stop- When opening, blades and curtain open at As concerns the first blade it is active on ping the initialisation procedure before the same time. the whole rotation range and guarantees ending it, repeat it from the beginning. the reversal of the whole stroke. When closing, the curtain closes first and then are closed the blades. After anti-crushing system activation, re- setting can be carried out with the fol- lowing 2 procedures: ❒ pushing knob A-fig. 83 upwards (reset previously stopped movement); ❒ turning knob A to another position. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, ANTI-CRUSHING SYSTEM

INHIBITION

Ice or other foreign matters in the sun- roof rails could cause anti-crushing re- peated operation. Therefore make sure there is no obstacle. In this case it is possible to inhibit the an- ti-crushing system by closing the roof (within 5 seconds from system activation), F0C0253m F0C0400m turning knob A-fig. 81 to 0 and keeping fig. 82 fig. 83 it pressed upwards until closing. IMPORTANT During this operation do EMERGENCY OPERATION not release knob A; if releasing the knob If the electrical control device does not and then pressing it again, it will be nec- work, the sunroof can be operated man- essary to carry out the initialisation pro- ually as follows: cedure described in the previous para- graph. ❒ remove the front ceiling light A- fig. 82 pressing on the sides of the plas- IMPORTANT During this operation the tic shape as shown by the arrow; anti-crushing system is cut-out. ❒ insert the proper emergency key B- fig. 83 (located inside the ceiling light) fig. 84 F0C0399m into the seat C-fig. 84; ❒ turn the key to open or close (accord- Then, carry out the initialisation proce- ing to the rotation direction) the glass dure described on previous page. blades.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

DOORS

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING

SYSTEM

From the outside With the doors closed, fit and turn the key in one of the front door locks. fig. 85 F0C0142m fig. 86 F0C0061m From the inside From inside the car (with doors closed) CHILD LOCK (5-door versions) The device is engaged even if the doors press the door lock/unlock button A- To prevent opening the rear doors from are unlocked by the centralised system. fig. 85 located on the driver’s door con- the inside. IMPORTANT Always use this device trol panel. This device fig. 86 can be engaged only when transporting children. When operating the knob of a door, you with doors open: IMPORTANT After engaging the lock, lock only the interested door. Should power be lacking it is possible to ❒ position 1 - engaged (door locked); check by trying to open a rear door with the internal handle. open/close the doors manually. ❒ position 2 - disengaged (door can be IMPORTANT The rear doors cannot be opened from the passenger’s compart- opened from inside when the child lock ment). is engaged. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

POWER WINDOWS CONTROLS

Power windows are fitted with anti-crush- Driver side fig. 87 ing safety device to detect the presence of an obstacle in the window closing stroke. On the driver’s door panel are set the but- If an obstacle is detected, the safety sys- tons for controlling, with ignition key at tem will stop window closing and will re- MAR: verse window stroke. A: front left window opening/closing; IMPORTANT In the event that the anti- window opening or closing in “auto- crushing function is activated 5 times in F0C0063m matic continuous” mode;fig. 87 only 1 minute, the system will automati- B: front right window opening/closing; cally enter the “recovery” mode (self-pro- If no malfunction is present, the window window opening or closing in “auto-tection). This conditions is pointed out by matic continuous” mode; the fact that, in the closing phase, the win- returns to its normal operation automat- dow goes up in jerks. ically. In the event of failure make refer- C: rear power window enabling/disablingence to section “Warning lights and mes- controls; So, it is necessary to carry out the sys- sages”. tem restore procedure, acting as follows: D: rear left window opening/closing; “au-IMPORTANT With the ignition key to tomatic continuous” operation just ❒ open the windows; STOP or removed, the power windows during window opening; remain activated for about 2 minutes and or are deactivated immediately the moment E: rear right window opening/closing; ❒ turn the ignition key to STOP and then a door is opened. “automatic continuous” operation just to MAR. during window opening.

WARNING

The system conforms to the forthcoming standard 2000/4/EC concerning the safety of passengers leaning out of the pas- senger compartment. At the same time, the upper outer gasket is not equipped with anti-crush protection in order to guarantee protection against unwanted access from outside the car.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Press buttons A or B to open/close the BOOT required window. Pressing briefly one of the two buttons, The boot tailgate (when unlocked) can be the window “jerks” , whereas a prolonged opened only from the outside through the pressing makes the window opening or electric opening handle under the shack- closing in “automatic continuous” mode. le (saloon versions) fig. 88 or behind the shackle (Multi Wagon versions) fig. 89. When pressing again button A or B the window stops in the required position. If doors are unlocked the boot can be opened at any time. To open the tailgate use the key (with or without remote control). If the boot is not shut properly the warn- ing light ´ comes on together with the

WARNING message on the display (see section

Improper use of the power “Warning lights and messages”). windows can be dangerous. IMPORTANT With running car, never op- Before and during its operation en- erate the tailgate shackle. sure that any passengers are not at risk from the moving glass either by personal objects getting caught in the mechanism or by being injured by it fig. 88 F0C0402m directly. Always remove the ignition key when getting out of the car to prevent the power windows being op- erated accidentally and constituting a danger to the passengers in the car. fig. 89 F0C0365m INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, With key with remote control Press button R, even when the elec- tronic alarm (where provided) is activat- ed. The tailgate opening is indicated by dou- ble flashing of direction indicators; closing is indicated by one flashing (only if alarm is on). fig. 90 F0C0385m When opening the tailgate with the alarm fig. 91 F0C0467m on, it disconnects: OPENING FROM THE OUTSIDE ❒ the volumetric protection; TAILGATE EMERGENCY ❒ the anti-raising protection; OPENING FROM PASSENGER With key without remote control COMPARTMENT (where provided) fig. 90 ❒ the tailgate control sensor. (Multi Wagon versions only) Unlock the lock (where provided) with Such control functions are reset when In an emergency, the tailgate can be also the metal insert in the ignition key. closing the tailgate. opened from the passenger compartment; proceed as follows: Tailgate opening is facilitated by side gas shock springs. ❒ take the screwdriver from the tool bag and fit it into the hole on the rear boot Opening the boot tailgate, the interior crossmember (see fig. 91); boot ceiling light will come on: the bulb will automatically switch off closing the ❒ using the screwdriver, operate device boot tailgate. A-fig. 91 to open the tailgate. Such light will stay on for about 15 min- utes after turning the key to STOP: if dur- ing this time a door or the boot are opened, the light will come on again for about 15 minutes.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, TAILGATE CLOSING WARNING To close, lower the tailgate until the lock Never travel with objects on clicks. the rear shelf to prevent them being thrown forwards and in- juring passengers in case of accident or sharp braking. The addition of objects fig. 92 F0C0366m (speakers, spoilers, etc.) on the EXTENDING THE BOOT rear shelf or boot lid, except those envisaged by the man- The boot can be partially (1/3 or 2/3) or ufacturer, may prevent the gas filled totally extended splitting the rear seat. struts at the sides of the boot from In Multi Wagon versions, remove the bag- working properly. gage cover following the instructions in paragraph “Baggage cover” to use the boot maximum loading volume.

WARNING

When using the boot, make fig. 93 F0C0414m sure the loads you are carry- ing do not exceed the permitted HEATED REAR WINDOW FLAP weight (see section “Technical spec- OPENING (where provided) ifications”). Also make sure the itemsin the boot are arranged properly to (Multi Wagon versions) prevent them being thrown forwards Press button A-fig. 92: it is possible to and injuring passengers should you open the heated rear window flap to gain brake sharply. access to the passenger compartment fig. 93. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, fig. 94 F0C0356m fig. 96 F0C0371m fig. 97 F0C0378m Versions with fixed rear seat ❒ lift seat back retaining lever A-fig. 97 Proceed as follows: and tilt the seat back forward. Lever lift-ing is shown by a “red band” B. ❒ lower completely the rear seat head re- straints; ❒ move the seat belt sideways and check that the belt is not twisted; ❒ pull the handle in the middle of the cushion fig. 96, and tilt the required fig. 95 F0C0357m cushion; Partial extension (1/3 or 2/3) fig. 94-95 The boot extension to the right makes it possible to carry two passengers on the rear seat left-hand side. The boot extension to the left makes it possible to carry one passenger on the rear seat right-hand side.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, fig. 99 F0C0433m fig. 100 F0C0473m ❒ operate the lever B-fig. 98 and adjust ❒ for versions with rear fixed seat, before the seat in the required position (e.g. folding the seat back, fit the seat belt completely forward if you want to ob- tabs B-fig. 100 into the proper buck- tain maximum boot extension); le C; ❒ lift lever A and fold the seat back. ❒ lower completely the rear seat head re- straints; To extend the boot totally The boot total extension makes it possi- F0C0338m ble to use its maximum loading volume.fig. 98 Proceed as follows: Versions with rear sliding seat ❒ for versions with rear sliding seat, fit (where provided) seat belt buckles into the proper seats Proceed as follows: A-fig. 99; ❒ lower completely the rear seat head re- straints; ❒ move the seat belt sideways and check that the belt is not twisted; INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, fig. 101 F0C0086m fig. 102 F0C0377m fig. 103 F0C0173m ❒ move the seat belt sideways and check ❒ after tilting the cushion, fold complete- that the belt is not twisted; ly rear seat backs (as described previ- ❒ remove the rear parcel shelf and re- ously) to have one single surface. lease the upper ends D-fig. 101 of the ❒ release shelf pins B-fig. 102 from their two tie rods by removing eyelets from housings C and remove it. the pins and pushing them in arrow di- rection fig. 104 F0C0390m For versions with rear fixed seat: remove the second shelf A-fig. 103 releasing pins from their housings B, lifting first the front part C-fig. 104 and then the rear part D from both sides. To refit it, reverse the above procedure.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Use lever B to adjust the space inside the boot. fig. 105 F0C0407m For versions with rear sliding seat (where provided): remove the boot cover support A-fig. 105 pushing it from the bottom up- wards, first one side and then the other one, until releasing it. fig. 106 F0C0338m Lift seat back retaining lever A-fig. 106 set under the seat cushion (both on the right and on the left), and tilt them for- ward to obtain a single surface. Use lever A to adjust the seat back position. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, fig. 107 F0C0351m fig. 109 F0C0353m fig. 110 F0C0354m It is possible to cover only half of the boot Removing the boot cover setting the cover as illustrated in figure 109. Roll the cover up to remove it and pull thetwo hooks A-fig. 110 towards the lug- gage compartment inside part (as shown by the arrows). Then lift and remove the cover. fig. 108 F0C0352m BOOT COVER (Multi Wagon versions) The boot cover A-fig. 107 can be rolled up and removed. To roll it up remove the two rear pins B- fig. 108 from their housings. IMPORTANT Guide the cover while rolling it up by holding its handle C- fig. 107.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Reposition the cushions in horizontal po- sition keeping the centre seat belt tongue raised.

WARNING

Make sure the seat back is correctly hooked on both fig. 111 F0C0352m fig. 112 F0C0378m sides (“red bands” B-fig. 112 not vis- ible) to prevent seat back being thrown forwards and injuring pas- To refit the cover, insert the reel ends in TO RETURN THE REAR SEAT sengers should you brake sharply. their housings and make sure the fasten- BACK TO ITS ORIGINAL ing hooks are well fastened. Now extend POSITION the cover by pulling its handles, as previ- ously described, and hook the two rear Move the seat belt sideways and check pins B-fig. 111. that the belt is not twisted. IMPORTANT Do not put heavy objects on the cover which may seriously damage it. Versions with rear fixed seat Lift the seat backs and push them back- ward until both coupling mechanisms click in place, check that the “red band” B-

WARNING fig. 112 at the side of levers A is no

The objects put on the cov- longer visible. er may be thrown forwards and injure passengers should you The “red band” B indicates missing seat brake sharply or in the event of an ac- back coupling. cident. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

WARNING

A heavy load that has not been secured may cause se- rious harm.

WARNING

fig. 114 F0C0034m If you want to carry reserve fuel in a can, follow law reg- ANCHORING THE LOAD ulations, only using a certified can, The boot houses 4 hooks (where provid- suitably fastened to the load securing ed) fig. 114 to which ropes can be at- eyelets. Even in this way the risk of tached which ensure that the load is prop- fire is increased in the case of an ac- erly secured. cident. IMPORTANT Never anchor to single hooks a load exceeding 100 kg. fig. 113 F0C0336m Versions with rear sliding seat (where provided) Lift lever A-fig. 113 (right and left) and reposition the seat back in straight posi- tion. Take out buckles from their housing to have them ready for use.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, fig. 115 F0C0241m fig. 116 F0C0073m fig. 117 F0C0379m CARGO BOX (where provided) SKI TUNNEL (where provided) IMPORTANT Always check that loads are fig. 115 This can be used to carry long objects (e.g. anchored properly to prevent them beingthrown against the passengers in case of It consists of a special preformed box to skis), fitting them into the tunnel from the boot. accident or sharp braking.be used for housing objects located in the boot of cars fitted with rear sliding seat that enables to obtain uniform loading sur- To access it: face. ❒ lower the rear armrest A-fig. 116; ❒ press handle B-fig. 117 and lower the flap. To close the flap pull tongue C. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

BONNET

TO OPEN THE BONNET Proceed as follows: ❒ pull lever A-fig. 118 in the direction of the arrow; ❒ pull lever B-fig. 119 and lift the bon- net. fig. 118 F0C0029m fig. 119 F0C0383m IMPORTANT Bonnet raising is aided by two side gas springs. Do not tamper with TO CLOSE THE BONNET WARNING these springs and guide the bonnet while raising it. Lower the bonnet at approx. 20 cm from For safety reasons the bon- the engine compartment and then let it net must be closed properly IMPORTANT Before opening the bonnet, drop, ensuring that it is fully closed and to avoid its opening while the car is check that windscreen wiper arms are not not just held in position by the safety travelling. Therefore, always check it lifted from the windscreen. catch. If the bonnet does not close prop- is properly closed and the catch en- erly do not push it down but open it again gaged. Should you notice that the and repeat the above procedure. If the catch is not perfectly engaged when bonnet is not shut properly, the warning travelling, stop the car immediately light ´ comes on together with the mes- and close the bonnet. sage on the display (see section “Warning lights and messages”). IMPORTANT Always check that the bon- net is closed properly to avoid its opening while the car is travelling.

WARNING

This should only be done when the car is stationary.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

ROOF RACK/ SKI RACK

The roof rack bars shall be secured to the roof in points shown A. Lift tabs B- fig. 120 using the screwdriver provided in the kit to access the seats C for secur- ing the roof rack/ski rack. A roof rack/ski rack specially designed for F0C0169m F0C0349m the car is available at Lineaccessori Fiat. fig. 120 fig. 121 After few kilometers, check that fastening Multi Wagon versions IMPORTANT Never exceed the max. screws are firmly tightened. The car is fitted with two longitudinal bars permissible loads (see section “Technical IMPORTANT Never exceed the max. which can be used, by adding specific ac- specifications”). permissible loads (see section “Technical cessories, to carry various objects (e.g. specifications”). skis, windsurf, etc…). IMPORTANT Putting cross bars on lon- gitudinal bars fig. 121 inhibits use of the sunroof (Skywindow) (where provided), WARNING since its opening interferes with the bars. Open the tailgate with care when carrying objects on the roof rack bars to prevent impacts. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

HEADLIGHTS Press button A at arrow N this will in-

crease by one position, press the arrow O on the button, this will lower by one ADJUSTING THE HEADLIGHT position. BEAM The display B-fig. 122 located on the in- Proper adjustment of the headlight beams strument panel, provides the visual indi- is of vital importance for your safety and cation of the positions during the adjust- comfort and also for the other road users. ment operation. To ensure you and other drivers have the best visibility conditions when travelling fig. 122 F0C0533m Correct positions as a function with the headlights on, the headlights must of the load be set properly. Contact Fiat Dealership to have the headlights properly adjusted. HEADLIGHT AIMING DEVICE Position 0 - one or two passengers on IMPORTANT When turning on gas dis- This device can be operated with the ig- front seats. charge headlight lamps (where provided), nition key at MAR and dipped beams on. Position 1 - five passengers. it is normal that there should be a vertical When the car is loaded, it slopes back- Position 2 - five passengers + load in the movement of lenses, and consequently the wards. This means that the headlight beam boot. same will also happen to the light beam, rises. In this case, it is necessary to return for the time required to achieve the cor- it to the correct position. Position 3 - driver + maximum admitted rect headlight trim stabilisation, equal to load in the boot. approx. 2 seconds. To adjust the headlight slant IMPORTANT Check beam aiming every Press button A-fig. 122 located on the time the load carried changes. mask aside the steering wheel column; if the car is fitted with gas discharge head- lights (xenon), slant adjustment is elec- tronic and therefore button A is not pre- sent.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, FRONT FOG LIGHT ABS SYSTEM ABS SYSTEM INTERVENTION ADJUSTMENT When the ABS cuts in, you will feel the Contact Fiat Dealership to have the head- The car is fitted with ABS braking system, brake pedal pulsating slightly and the sys- lights properly adjusted. which prevents the wheels from locking tem get noisier: it means that the speed when braking, makes the most of road grip should be altered to fit the type of road and gives the best control when emer- HEADLIGHT BEAM surface.gency braking under difficult road condi- ADJUSTMENT ABROAD tions. If the ABS system cuts in, it is a sign that The dipped beam headlights are adjusted the grip between tyre and the road sur-System is completed by EBD (Electronic for circulation in the country in which the face has reached the limit: you must slowBraking Force Distribution), which dis- car is marketed. In countries with oppo- down to match the speed to the road griptributes the braking action between front site circulation, to avoid glaring oncom- available.and rear wheels. ing vehicles, it is necessary to cover the areas of the headlight using a special stick- IMPORTANT To have the maximum ef- er tape provided for the purpose and avail- ficiency of the braking system, it is neces- able at Lineaccessori Fiat. Contact Fiat sary a setting period of about 500 km: dur- Dealership. ing this period, it is better to avoid sharp,

WARNING

repeated and prolonged brakes. If the ABS system cuts in it is a sign that the grip be- tween the tyre and the road surface has reached the limit you must slow down to match the speed to the road grip available. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

WARNING FAILURE INDICATIONS EBD failure

The ABS exploits the tyre- If the warning lights > and x (together road grip at the best, but it ABS failure with the message on the display) come on cannot improve it; you should there- ABS failure is indicated by the turning on this indicates a fault in the EBD system fore take every care when driving on of warning light >on the instrument pan- (see section “Warning lights and mes- slippery surfaces without taking un- el together with the dedicated message on sages”). necessary risks. the display (see section “Warning lights In this case with sharp braking the rear and messages”). In this case the braking wheels might lock too early, with the pos- system is still efficient, though without the sibility of skidding. Drive extremely care- aid of the ABS system. Drive carefully to fully to the nearest Fiat Dealership to have the closest Fiat Dealership to have the sys- the system checked. tem checked.

WARNING

BRAKE ASSIST When the ABS cuts in, and you feel the brake pedal pul- (emergency braking assistance) sating, do not remove your foot, but (where provided) keep it pressed; in doing so you will WARNING The system, which cannot be cut out, rec- stop in the shortest amount of space If warning light x comes on ognizes emergency braking (on the ground possible under the current road con- (together with the message of the brake pedal operation speed) and ditions. on the display), stop the car imme- considerably increases the pressure in the diately and contact the nearest Fiat braking circuit. Dealership. Fluid leaks from the hy- draulic system, in fact, can compro- Brake Assist is deactivated on the versions mise the braking system, both tradi- equipped with ESP, in the event of ESP sys- tional systems and systems with ABS. tem failure (indicated by warning light á switching on together with the message on the display).

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

ESP SYSTEM (Electronic WARNING FAILURE INDICATIONS Stability Program) Performance of the ESP sys- In the event of failure, the ESP system is

(where provided) tem, in terms of active safe- automatically disconnected and the warn-ty should not induce the driver to take ing light áwill turn on glowing steadily on pointless and unnecessary risks. The the instrument panel, together with the The ESP system is an electronic system style of driving must in any case al- message on the display (see section controlling the car stability in the event of ways be adapted to the conditions of “Warning lights and messages”). In this tyre grip loss. the road surface, visibility an traffic. case, go to a Fiat Dealership as soon as The ESP system is therefore particularly Road safety is always the driver’s re- possible. useful when grip conditions of the road sponsibility. surfaces changes. ABS SYSTEM INTERVENTION WARNING ESP SYSTEM INITIALISATION During the use of the space- It is signalled by the blinking of the warn- (after disconnecting the battery) saver spare wheel, the ESP ing light á on the instrument panel, to in- system carries on working. However, form the driver that the car is in critical After reconnecting the battery, to restore regular operation of the ESP system, pro- you must remind that the space-saverstability and grip conditions. ceed as follows: spare wheel has dimensions smallerthan the standard tyre and therefore ESP SYSTEM OPERATION ❒ turn the ignition key to MAR; its grip is reduced as to the other car The ESP system is automatically activat- tyres.❒ turn the steering wheel 1/4 turn both ed when the car is started and cannot be clockwise and counterclockwise (to de-activated. pass through position “straight wheels”); ❒ turn the ignition key to STOP and then back to MAR.

WARNING

A few seconds later the warning light will turn off; if it stays on contact Fiat Dealer- For correct operation of the ship. ESP system, the tyres must absolutely be of the same brand and These operations can also be performed type on all wheels, in perfect condi- with the engine on. tions and, above all, of type, brand and size specified. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, ASR SYSTEM Switching on/off of the ASR system (Antislip Regulation) The ASR system switches on automatically It is an integral part of the ESP system, it each time the engine is started. controls car drive and cuts in automati- cally every time one or both driving Switching on/off is indicated by the rele- wheels slip. vant message on the display (see section“Warning lights and messages”). According to slipping conditions, two dif- ferent control systems are activated: ❒ if the slipping involves both the driving fig. 123 F0C0066m wheels, the ASR function intervenes re- ducing the power transmitted by the engine; WARNING When travelling ASR can be switched offand on again pressing switch A-fig. 123 ❒ if the slipping involves only one driving The performance of the sys- on the central console. wheel, the ASR system cuts in auto- tem, in terms of active safe- matically braking the wheel that is slip- ty should not induce the driver to take When the ASR is switched off this is ping. pointless and unnecessary risks. The shown by the lighting up of the led on the style of driving must in any case al- switch and by the relevant message on the The action of the ASR is particularly help- ways be adapted to the conditions of display (see section “Warning lights and ful in the following circumstances: the road surface, visibility an traffic. messages”). ❒ slipping of the inner wheel due to the Road safety is always the driver’s re-sponsibility. If the ASR is switched off when travelling,effect of dynamic load changes or ex- it will turn on again automatically the next cessive acceleration; time the engine is started. ❒ too much power transmitted to the When travelling on snowy roads with wheels also in relation to the conditions snow chains, it may be helpful to turn the of the road surface; ASR off: in fact, in these conditions, slip- ping of the driving wheels when moving off ❒ acceleration on slippery, snowy or makes it possible to obtain better drive. frozen surfaces; ❒ in the case of loss of grip on a wet sur- face (aquaplaning).

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Failure indications MSR system EOBD SYSTEM In the event of malfunctioning, the ASR (engine braking torque control) system is automatically disconnected and The car is fitted with a special system, in- The EOBD system (European On Board the warning light á will come on with tegral with the ASR system, that in case of Diagnosis) allows continuous diagnosis of fixed light on the instrument panel to- sudden gear shifting, cuts in providing the components of the car correlated with gether with the message on the display torque to the engine thus preventing ex- emissions. (see section “Warning lights and mes- cessive driving wheel drive that, specially It also alerts the driver, by turning on the sages”). In this case contact Fiat Dealer- in poor grip conditions, can lead to loss of warning light U on the instrument pan- ship as soon as possible. stability. el (together with the message on the dis- play) (see section “Warning lights and messages”), when these components are no longer in peak conditions.

WARNING

When using the spare wheel, The objective is: the ASR system is excluded ❒ to keep the system efficiency under and the warning light á on the in- control; strument panel turns on glowing steadily together with the message on ❒ warn when a fault causes emissions lev- the display (see section “Warning els to increase; lights and messages”). ❒ warn of the need to replace deterio- rated components. The system also has a diagnostic connec- tor that can be interfaced with appropri- ate tools, which makes it possible to read the error codes stored in the control unit,

WARNING together with a series of specific parame-

For correct operation of the ters for engine operation and diagnosis. ASR system, the tyres must This check can also be carried out by the absolutely be of the same brand and traffic police. type on all wheels, in perfect condi- tions and, above all, of type, brand and size specified. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, IMPORTANT After eliminating the in- SOUND SYSTEM convenience, to check the system com- pletely, Fiat Dealerships are obliged to run (where provided) a bench test and, if necessary, road tests which may also call for a long journey. The Fiat Stilo sound system is of the fixed type: the instructions for use are given in the attached Supplement. ACTUAL versions are provided with pre- setting for sound system with aerial, wiring and speakers. fig. 124 F0C0440m If turning the ignition key to To install the sound system, loosen screw MAR, the warning light U A-fig. 124 and remove the oddment IMPORTANT To guarantee proper sound does not turn on or if, while compartment, install the compartment and mechanical properties (e.g. water travelling it turns on glowing provided with the sound system and the tightness and door soundproofing) at Lin- steadily or flashing (together with the power cables for the electric connection. eaccessori Fiat is available a kit including message on the display), contact Fiat an aerial adapter that improves AM fre- Dealership as soon as possible. Warn- quency reception through the amplifier on ing light U operation can be checked the aerial support. by means of special equipment by traf- fic agents. Always comply with the traf- fic regulations in force in the country where you are travelling.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION OF RADIO TRANSMITTERS PURCHASED BY THE ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC AND CELLULAR OWNER DEVICES TELEPHONES

If after buying the car, you decide to install Electric/electronic devices installed after Mobile phones and other radio transceiv- electrical accessories that require a per- buying the car or in aftermarket shall bear er equipment (e.g.: HAM radio systems manent electric supply (alarm, satellite an- the and marking: and the like) shall not be used inside the titheft system, etc.) or accessories that in car unless a separate aerial is mounted. any case burden the electric supply, con- tact Fiat Dealership, whose qualified per- IMPORTANT The use of mobile phones, sonnel, besides suggesting the most suit- HAM radio systems or other similar de- able devices belonging to Lineaccessori Fi- vices inside the passenger compartment at, will also evaluate the overall electric ab- (without separate aerial) may cause elec-Fiat Auto S.p.A. authorizes the installation sorption, checking whether the car’s elec- tronic systems equipping the car to mal-of transceivers provided that installation tric system is able to withstand the load function. This could compromise safety inis carried out at a specialized shop, work- required, or whether it needs to be inte- addition to constituting a potential hazardmanlike performed and in compliance with grated with a more powerful battery. for the passengers.manufacturer's specifications. In addition, transmission and reception of IMPORTANT Installation of devices re- these devices may be affected by the sulting in modifications of car characteris- shielding effect of the car body.

WARNING tics may cause driving license seizing bytraffic agents and also the lapse of the war- As concerns the use of mobile phones

Take care when fitting addi- ranty as concerns defects due to the (GSM, GPRS, UMTS) with homolo- tional spoilers, alloy rims and abovementioned modification or traceable gation, keep strictly to the mobile phone non-standard wheel caps: they might back to it directly or indirectly. manufacturer's specifications. reduce ventilation of the brakes, thus their efficiency, during abrupt and re- Fiat Auto S.p.A. declines all responsibility peated braking, or long downhill for damages caused by the installation of slopes. Make sure that nothing (mats, non-genuine accessories or not recom- etc.) gets in the way of the pedals mended by Fiat Auto S.p.A. and installed when they are pushed down. not in compliance with the specified re- quirements. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, “DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC FAILURE INDICATIONS

POWER STEERING Any failure is indicated by warning light g SYSTEM coming on (together with the message onthe display) (see section “Warning lights

and messages”). The car is provided with the electrically controlled power steering system called In the event of electric power steering sys- “Dualdrive” working only with ignition key tem failure, the car can be driven with me- at MAR and engine running, that can be chanical steering. customised by the driver according to the fig. 125 F0C0065m IMPORTANT Under certain circum-driving conditions. stances, factors independent from the IMPORTANT When turning quickly the electric power steering could cause the il- ignition key, power steering full operation ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION lumination of the warning light on the is obtained after 1-2 seconds. (CITY function) g instrument panel. We suggest to stop im- To connect/disconnect the CITY function, mediately the car, turn off the engine for push the button A-fig. 125 located on the about 20 seconds and then re-start the central tunnel on the side of the gearbox car. If the warning light g stays on (to- control lever. gether with the message on the display), contact Fiat Dealership. Connection of this function is reported by the word CITY on the “Multifunction dis- IMPORTANT The steering may become play”. slightly stiff following parking manoeuvres including a great deal of steering. This is When the CITY function is on the steer- normal and caused by a system to prevent ing wheel effort is lighter and thus parking motor overheating. No servicing is re- operations are easier: therefore this func- quired. The electrical power steering sys- tion is particularly useful for driving in city tem will return to normal operation the centres. next time the car is used.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

WARNING PARKING SENSORS

It is absolutely forbidden to (where provided) carry out whatever after- market operation involving steering Parking sensors are located in the rear system or steering column modifica- bumper fig. 126 (saloon versions) and tions (e.g.: installation of anti-theft fig. 127 (Multi Wagon versions) and their device) that could badly affect per- function is to inform the driver, through formance and safety, cause the lapse an intermittent buzzer, about the pres- of warranty and also result in non- ence of obstacles behind the car. compliance of the car with homolo- fig. 126 F0C0301m gation requirements. ACTIVATION Sensors are automatically activated when the reverse gear is engaged. As the distance from the obstacle behind

WARNING the car decreases, the acoustic alarm be-

Always switch the engine off, comes more frequent. remove the key from the starting device and actuate the steer- BUZZER WARNINGS ing lock before carrying out any main- tenance operation, especially when When the reverse gear is engaged an in- the wheels are raised from the termittent acoustic signal is automatically fig. 127 F0C0364m ground. In case this is not possible activated. (e.g. when the key must be in MAR The acoustic signal: position or the engine running), re- ❒ is constant if the distance is unvaried. move the electric power steering ❒ becomes louder as the reduction of dis- If this situation takes place for side sen- main fuse before carrying out any tance between the car and the obstacle sors, the signal is stopped after about 3 maintenance operation. decreases; seconds to prevent sound indications when performing manoeuvres near ❒ becomes continuous when the distance walls. between the car and the obstacle is less that 30 cm and stops immediately if the distance raises. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, Detection distances For proper operation, the GENERAL WARNINGS Central action radius ...150 cm parking sensors set on the ❒ When parking, take the utmost care to bumpers shall be clean from Side action radius ... 60 cm obstacles set above or under the sen-mud, dirt, snow or ice. When sors. If several obstacles are detected, the con- cleaning the sensors, take the utmost trol unit indicates the nearest one. care to prevent their damaging; do not ❒ Objects set close to the car front or use therefore dry or rough clothes. Sen- rear part, under certain circumstances sors shall be washed with clean water are not detected and could thereforeFAILURE INDICATIONS and car detergent, if required. In wash- cause damages to the car. In the event of sensor failures, when en- ing stations, clean sensors quickly keep- ❒ Indications sent by the sensors can be gaging the reverse gear the driver is ing the vapour jet/high pressure wash- altered by dirt, snow or ice deposited warned by the turning on of warning light ing nozzles at 10 cm at least from the on the sensors or by ultrasound sys- è on the instrument panel and by the rel- sensors. tems (e.g.: truck pneumatic brakes or evant message on the display (see section pneumatic hammers) set nearby the “Warning lights and messages”). car. OPERATION WITH TRAILER Parking sensor operation is deactivated automatically when the trailer electric ca- WARNING ble plug is fitted into the car tow hook Parking manoeuvres howev- socket. er are always under the dri- Sensors are reactivated when removing ver’s responsibility that shall always the trailer cable plug. check the absence of people (spe-cially children) or animals in the ma- noeuvre space. This system is just a help for the driver but she/he shall never reduce attention during dan- gerous manoeuvres even if performed at low speed.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

AT THE FILLING DIESEL ENGINES The car must only be filled STATION If the outside temperature is very low, the with diesel fuel for motor ve-

diesel thickens due to the formation of hicles, in compliance with Eu- paraffins and could clog the diesel fuel filter. ropean Specification EN590. PETROL ENGINES The use of other products or mixtures In order to avoid these problems, different Use only unleaded petrol. may irreparably damage the enginetypes of diesel are distributed according to with invalidation of the warranty due To prevent errors, the diameter of the fu- the season: summer type, winter type arc- to the damage caused. In the event of el tank filler is too small to introduce a lead tic type (mountains/cold areas). accidentally filling with another type petrol pump filler. Use petrol with a rat- If refuelling with diesel fuel not suitable for of fuel, do not start the engine and ed octane number (R.O.N.) not lower the current temperature, mix diesel fuel empty the tank. If the engine has been than 95. with TUTELA DIESEL ART additive in the run even for only a very short time, in addition to the tank, it is also necessary IMPORTANT An inefficient catalyst leads proportions stated on the can, putting first to harmful exhaust emissions, thus con- the antifreeze in the tank and then the to drain out the whole fuel circuit. tributing to air pollution. diesel fuel. IMPORTANT Never use leaded petrol, Refuel with local diesel fuel if the car is even in small amount or in an emergency, used/parked in the mountains or in cold REFUELLING as this would damage the catalyst beyond areas for a long period. In this event you repair. are recommended to keep an amount of To guarantee full tank filling, carry out two fuel higher than 50% in the tank. refuelling operations after the first click ofthe fuel delivery gun. Avoid further top- ping up operations that could cause dam- ages to the fuel system. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, The cap A is fitted with key-lock: open the WARNING lid C then, turn the ignition key in the lock and open the cap. Do not put naked flames or lighted cigarettes near the When refuelling, secure the cap to the de- fuel filler hole as there is a danger of vice inside the lid as shown in the figure. fire. Do not bend too close to the hole IMPORTANT The sealing of the tank may either so as not to breathe in harmful cause light pressurising in the tank. A lit- vapours. tle breathing off, while slackening the cap, is absolutely normal. fig. 128 F0C0199m After refuelling, turn the cap clockwise un- til it clicks, then turn the key clockwise, FUEL FILLER CAP fig. 128 remove it and close the flap. The fuel filler cap A is fitted with an an- tiloss device B which fastens it to the lid C so it cannot be mislaid. To slacken the cap, turn it counterclock- wise and remove it.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, fig. 129 F0C0088m fig. 130 F0C0358m fig. 131 F0C0359m FUEL LID EMERGENCY Multi Wagon versions ❒ pull the string E located inside the flap. OPENINGS Proceed as follows: Saloon versions ❒ turn the knob A-fig. 130 and open the flap B set on the right side of the boot; Open flap A-fig. 129 set on the right side of the boot and pull the string located in- ❒ hold the tongue C-fig. 131 to open the side the flap. second flap D; INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

PROTECTING THE DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER Diesel Particulate Filter clogged ENVIRONMENT (DPF) (where provided) If the dedicated message is displayed, re-

The Diesel Particulate Filter is a mechan- fer to section “Warning lights and mes- The devices for curtailing petrol engine ical filter, integral with the exhaust system, sages”. emissions are the following: that physically traps particulates present in the exhaust gases of Diesel engines. ❒ three-way catalytic converter; The diesel particular filter has been adopt- ❒ Lambda sensors; ed to eliminate almost totally particulates ❒ fuel evaporation system. in compliance with current / future law

WARNING

regulations. During normal service the In addition, do not let the engine run, even catalyst and the diesel par- for a test, with one or more spark plugs During normal use of the car, the engine ticulate filter (DPF) reach high tem- disconnected. control unit records a set of data (e.g.: peratures. Do not therefore park the travel time, type of route, temperatures, car over inflammable materials (grass, etc.) and it will then calculate how much dry leaves, pine needles, etc.): fire The devices for curtailing diesel fuel en- particulates has been trapped by the filter. hazard. gine emissions are the following: Since this filter physically traps particulates, ❒ oxidising catalytic converter; it shall be cleaned (reclaimed) at regular intervals by burning carbon particles. Re- ❒ exhaust gas recirculation system claiming procedure is controlled auto- (E.G.R.); matically by the engine control unit ac- Lambda sensors; cording to the filter conditions and the❒ conditions of use of the car. During re- ❒ diesel particulate filter (DPF) (where claiming the following phenomena could provided it is fitted instead of the Lamb- take place: idling slight increase, fan acti- da sensor). vation, slight smoke increase, high exhaust temperatures. These situations shall not be considered as faults and they do not af- fect car performance and environment.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

SAFETY DEVICES

SEAT BELTS ... 110 PRETENSIONERS ... 113 CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY... 116 PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE “ISOFIX TYPE” CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM ... 121 PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE “UNIVERSAL ISOFIX” CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM .. 124 FRONT AIR BAGS ... 126 SIDE AIR BAGS (Side bag - Window bag) ... 130 INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

SEAT BELTS

USING THE SEAT BELTS The belt should be worn keeping the chest straight and rested against the seat back. To fasten the seat belts, take hold the tongue A-fig. 1 and insert it into the buck- le B, until hearing the locking click. fig. 1 F0C0075m fig. 2 F0C0267m At removal, if it jams, let it rewind for a short stretch, then pull it out again with- out jerking. When the car is parked on a steep slope Rear seat belts shall be worn as shown in the reel mechanism may block; this is nor- fig. 2 To unfasten the seat belts, press button mal. The reel mechanism prevents the C. Guide the seat belt with your hand webbing coming out when it is jerked or while it is rewinding, to prevent it from if the car brakes sharply, in a collision or twisting. WARNINGwhen cornering at high speed. Never press button C-fig. 1 Through the reel, the belt automatically The rear seat is fitted with inertial seat when travelling. adapts to the body of the passenger wear- belts with three anchor points and reel for ing it, allowing freedom of movement. the side and centre seats.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, IMPORTANT After putting the seats back to their travelling position, restore the seat belt position to make them ready for use. fig. 3 F0C0433m fig. 4 F0C0378m When reclining the rear seat backs, to put IMPORTANT When the seat back is cou- WARNING the seat buckles back properly, use the pled properly, the “red band” B-fig. 4 pre- suitable housings A-fig. 3 obtained in the sent aside lever A disappears. The “red Make sure the seat back is cushion. band” actually indicates improper seat correctly hooked on both Take out buckles from their housings (ver- back coupling. As concerns versions fitted sides (“red bands” B-fig. 4 not visible) to prevent seat back being thrown sions with rear sliding seat) when reset- with sliding seat, always check that the ting the seat in straight position, to have back is locked in proper position; these forwards and injuring passengers them ready for use. versions are fitted with reclining seat: should you brake sharply. when resetting it in proper position, make sure to hear the locking click. IMPORTANT Remember that in the event of a violent collision, back seat pas- sengers not wearing seat belts also rep- resent a serious danger for the front seat passengers. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, S.B.R. SYSTEM WARNING The car is fitted with the S.B.R. system Make the height adjustment (Seat Belt Reminder), consisting of a when the car is stationary. buzzer which, together with the blinking of warning light < on the instrument pan- el, warns the driver to fasten the seat belt. The buzzer can be deactivated temporar- ily (until next engine stop) by the follow- ing procedure, to be carried out within 1 minute from turning the ignition key to fig. 5 F0C0096m MAR: ❒ fasten the driver’s seat belt. FRONT SEAT BELT HEIGHT WARNING

ADJUSTMENT

❒ wait for over 20 seconds and then re- After adjustment, always lease the driver’s seat belt. Four different adjustments in height are check that the slider is an- provided. chored in one of the positions pro- For permanent deactivation, contact Fiat vided. To do this, with the button Dealership. To adjust, press button A-fig. 5 and low- A-fig. 5 released, exert a further pres- er or raise the grip B. The S.B.R. system can only be reset sure to allow the anchor device to through the set-up menu (see section Always adjust the height of the seat belt catch if release did not take place at “Warning lights and messages” at para- to fit the person wearing it. This precau- one of the preset position. graph “Seat belts not fastened”). tion could greatly reduce the risk of injury in case of collision. Correct adjustment is obtained when the belt passes half way between the end of the shoulder and the neck.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

PRETENSIONERS The pretensioner does not require any

maintenance or greasing. Anything that Operations which lead to To increase the efficiency of the front and modifies its original conditions invalidates knocks, vibrations or localised rear (where provided) seat belts, the car its efficiency. If due to unusual natural heating (over 100°C for a maximum of 6 hours) in the is fitted with pretensioners. These devices, events (floods, seas storm, etc.) the device in the event of violent front crash, rewind has been affected by water and mud, it area around the pretensioners may cause damage or trigger them. These the seat belts a few centimetres. In this must necessarily be replaced. devices are not affected by vibrations way they ensure that the seat belt adheres caused by irregularities of the road sur- perfectly to the wearer before the re- face or low obstacles such as kerbs, etc. straining action begins. The seat belt locks Contact a Fiat Dealership for any as- to indicate that the device has intervened; sistance. the seat belt cannot be drawn back up even when guiding it manually. WARNING IMPORTANT To obtain the highest de- The pretensioner can only gree of protection from the action of the be used once. After a colli- pretensioning device, wear the seat belt sion that has triggered it, have it re- keeping it firmly close to the chest and placed at a Fiat Dealership. Preten- LOAD LIMITERS pelvis. sioner validity is written on the label inside the lower oddment compart- To increase passenger’s safety, the frontFront seat pretensioners activate only if ment. Pretensioners should be re- and rear (where provided) seat belt reelsfront seat belts are properly fitted into placed at Fiat Dealership as this date contain a load limiter which allows con-buckles. A small amount of smoke may be trolled sag in such a way as to dose the produced. This smoke is in no way toxic approaches. force acting on the shoulders during the and presents no fire hazard. belt restraining action in case of front crash. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, fig. 6 F0C0015m fig. 7 F0C0013m fig. 8 F0C0014m GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR IMPORTANT The belt should not be twist- IMPORTANT Never travel with a child USING THE SEAT BELTS ed. The upper part should pass over the sitting on the passenger’s lap with a sin- gle belt to protect them both fig. 8. Do The driver must comply with (and have shoulder and cross the chest diagonally. The not fasten other objects to the body. the car occupants follow) all the local le- lower part should adhere to the pelvis (as gal regulations concerning the use of seat shown in fig. 7) and not the abdomen of the belts. Always fasten the seat belts before passenger. Do not use any objects (pegs, starting. stoppers, etc.) to keep the belts away fromthe body. Seat belts are also to be worn by expec- tant mothers: the risk of injury in the case of accident is greatly reduced for them and the unborn child if they are wearing a seat belt. Of course they must position the lower part of the belt very low down so WARNING that it passes under the abdomen (as il- For maximum safety, keep lustrated in fig. 6). the back of your seat up- right, lean back into it and make sure the seat belt fits closely across your chest and hips. Make sure that the seat belts of the front and rear pas- sengers are fastened at all times! You increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision if you travel with the belts unfastened.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

WARNING HOW TO KEEP THE SEAT ❒ prevent the reels from getting wet:

Under no circumstances BELTS ALWAYS IN EFFICIENT their correct operation is only guaran- teed if water does not get inside; should the components of the CONDITIONS seat belts and pretensioners be tam- Observe the following: ❒ replace the seat belt when showing sig- pered with or removed. Any operation nificant wear or cut signs. should be carried out by qualified and ❒ always use the belt with the tap taut and authorised personnel. Always contact never twisted; make sure that it is free a Fiat Dealership. to run without impediments; ❒ after a serious accident, replace the belt being worn at that time, even if it does not appear damaged. Always replace the seat belts if pretensioners have

WARNING been activated;

If the belt has been subject- ❒ to clean the belts, wash by hand with ed to heavy stress, for ex- neutral soap, rinse and leave to dry in ample after an accident, it should be the shade. Never use strong deter- changed completely together with gents, bleach or dyes or other chemi- the anchors, anchor fastening screws cal substance that might weaken the fi- and the pretensioners. In fact, even if bres; the belt has no visible defects, it could have lost its resilience. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

CARRYING CHILDREN As it may be noted, the groups overlap WARNING SAFELY partly and in fact, in commerce it is pos-sible to find devices that cover more than SERIOUS DANGER: Never

one weight group. place cradle child’s seats fac- For optimal protection in the event of a ing backwards on the front crash, all passengers must be seated and All restraint devices must bear the certi- passenger seat of cars fitted wearing adequate restraint systems. fication data, together with the control with passenger’s air bag since brand, on a solidly fixed label which must the air bag activation could cause se- This is even more important for children. absolutely never be removed. rious injuries, even mortal. You are This prescription is compulsory in all EC Over 1.50 m in height, from the point of advised to carry children always on countries according to EC Directive view of restraint systems, children are the rear seat, as this is the most pro- 2003/20/EC. considered as adults and wear the seat tected position in the case of a crash. belts normally. In any case, children’s seats must ab-Compared with adults, their head is pro- solutely not be fitted on the front seat portionally larger and heavier than the rest Lineaccessori Fiat offers seats for each of cars with passenger’s air bag, which of the body, while the muscles and bone weight group, which are the recommend- during inflation could cause serious structure are not completely developed. ed choice, as they have been designed and injury, even mortal, regardless of the Therefore, correct restraint systems are experimented specifically for Fiat cars. seriousness of the crash that triggered necessary, other than adult seat belts. it. Children may be placed on the The results of research on the best child front seat of cars fitted with passen- restraint systems are contained in the Eu- ger’s air bag deactivation. In this case, ropean Standard EEC-R44. This Standard it is absolutely necessary to check the enforces the use of restraint systems clas- warning light F on the instrument sified in five groups: panel, to make sure that deactivation has actually taken place (see para- Group 0 0-10 kg in weight graph “Front passenger air bag” at Group 0+ 0-13 kg in weight paragraph “Front air bags”). Thefront passenger seat shall be adjust- Group 1 9-18 kg in weight ed in the most backward position to prevent any contact between child’s Group 2 15-25 kg in weight seat and dashboard. Group 3 22-36 kg in weight

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

WARNING

Seats exist which are suit- able for covering weight groups 0 and 1 with a rear connection to the car belts and their own belts to restrain the child. Due to their size, they can be dangerous if installed in- correctly fastened to the car belts with a cushion. Carefully follow the fig. 9 F0C0429m fig. 10 F0C0430m instructions for installation provided with the seat. GROUP 0 and 0+ GROUP 1 Babies up to 13 kg must be carried facing Starting from 9 kg to 18 kg in weight, chil- backwards on a cradle seat, which, sup- dren may be carried facing forwards, with porting the head, does not induce stress seat fitted with front cushion, through on the neck in the event of sharp decel- which the car seat belt restrains both child eration. and seat fig. 10. The cradle is restrained by the car seat belts, as shown in fig. 9 and in turn it must restrain the child with its own belts.

WARNING

The figure is only an exam- ple for mounting. Attain to the instructions for fastening which must be enclosed with the specific child restraining system you are using. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

WARNING

Figures are only an example for mounting. Attain to the instructions for fastening which must be enclosed with the specific child re- straining system you are using. fig. 11 F0C0431m fig. 12 F0C0432m GROUP 2 GROUP 3 Starting from 15 kg to 25 kg in weight, chil- For children from 22 kg to 36 kg the size dren may be restrained directly by the car of the child’s chest no longer requires a belts fig. 11. The only function of the seat support to space the child’s back from the is to position the child correctly in rela- seat back. tion to the belts, so that the diagonal part adheres to the chest and not to the neck Fig. 12 shows proper child seat posi- and that the horizontal part clings to the tioning on the rear seat. child’s pelvis and not the abdomen. Children taller than 1.50 m can wear seat belts like adults.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON CHILD’S SEAT USE Your car complies with the new European Directive 2000/3/EC regulating child’s seat assembling on the different car seats accord- ing to the following tables: 3/5-door version, double rear seat

SEAT

Group Range of weight Front passenger Rear passenger Central passenger Group 0, 0+ up to 13 kgUUUGroup 1 9-18 kgUUUGroup 2 15-25 kgUUUGroup 3 22-36 kgUUU5-door version, rear sliding seat

SEAT

Group Range of weight Front LH RH side rear side rear Central passenger passenger passenger passenger Group 0, 0+ up to 13 kgUULLGroup 1 9-18 kgUULLGroup 2 15-25 kgUULLGroup 3 22-36 kgUULLKey: U = suitable for child restraint systems of the “Universal” category, according to European Standard EEC-R44 for the specified “Groups”. L = suitable for certain child’s restraint systems available at Lineaccessori Fiat for the specified group. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, Below is a summary of the rules of ❒ Always check the seat belt is well fas- WARNING safety to be followed for carrying tened by pulling the webbing. children: Never place cradle child’s❒ Only one child is to be strapped to each seats facing backwards on ❒ The recommended position for in- retaining system. the front passenger seat of cars fitted stalling children’s seat is on the rear ❒ Always check the seat belts do not fit with passenger air bag since the air seat, as it is the most protected in the around the child’s throat. bag activation could cause serious in- case of a crash. juries, even mortal. You are advised ❒ While travelling, do not let the child sit to carry children always on the rear ❒ If the passenger’s air bag is deactivated incorrectly or release the belts. seat, as this is the most protected po- always check the warning light F on sition in the case of a crash. the instrument panel to make sure that ❒ Passengers should never carry children it has actually been deactivated. on their laps. No-one, however strong they are, can hold a child in the event ❒ Attain to the instructions for fastening of a crash. the specific child restraint system which you are using. These instructions must ❒ In case of an accident, replace the seat be provided by the manufacturer. Keep with a new one. the child restraint system installation in- structions with the car documents and this Handbook. Never use a child re- straint system without installation in- structions.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE

“ISOFIX TYPE”

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

This car is preset for mounting the Isofix type child restraint system, a new Euro- F0C0274m F0C0273m pean standardised system for carrying chil- fig. 13 fig. 14 dren safely. Isofix child restraint system is an additional option that does not pre- Lineaccessori Fiat provides the “Kiddy WARNING vent from using traditional child restraint Isofix” seat, certified according to Euro- systems. Isofix type child restraint system pean Standard ECE-R44/03, for babies up Mount the child restraint covers three groups: 0, 0+ and 1. to 13 kg weight to be positioned facing system only with the car sta- Due to its different anchoring system, the backwards (groups 0 and 0+) and for ba- tionary. The Isofix child restraint sys- tem is properly anchored to the Isofix type child restraint system shall be bies from 9 to 18 kg weight that is to be anchored to the proper metal rings set be- positioned facing the running direction mounting brackets when clicks are heard. In any case, keep to the in- tween rear seat back and cushion A- (group 1). Remember that in case of Isofix stallation instructions that must be fig. 13 or in the rear seat cover B-fig. 14 type seats, you can only use those seats provided by the child restraint system (according to versions). designed, tested and approved for this car. Manufacturer. It is possible to mount both the traditional restraint system and the Isofix type one, one on the left and the other on the right, for example. Since sizes are different, on the rear seats it is possible to install max. two Isofix type seats using the proper couplings or max. three traditional child’s seats using the seat belts. On the front passenger seat it is pos- sible to mount only traditional child’s seats. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, For proper mounting proceed as follows: ❒ move the rear sliding seat fully back- wards with the seat back at 4th position, as shown in fig. 16. ❒ check whether the release lever B- fig. 15 is at rest position (inward); ❒ find the presetting brackets A, then po- sition the child restraint system with fig. 16 F0C0312m the fastening devices C aligned with the brackets; FITTING THE ISOFIX TYPE SEAT ❒ push the child restraint system until hearing locking clicks; Groups 0 and 0+ ❒ check proper locking by moving the For children of the 0, 0+ weight group (ba- child’s seat with force: the built-in safe- bies up to 13 kg), the child’s seat is facing ty mechanism actually inhibits improp- backwards and the child is restrained by er coupling with only one coupling the child’s seat belts D-fig. 15. locked. As the child grows, passing to weight F0C0268m group 1 (9-18 kg) refit it facing forwardsfig. 15 following the instructions provided with WARNING the child restraint system. In case of rear fixed seat and if the Isofix type restraint system is set facing backwards, the passenger’s seat will have to be pulled back until it touches the seat restraint system back. In case of rear sliding seat, move the front seat forward to a position from half its stroke forth.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, ❒ push the child restraint system until hearing locking clicks; ❒ for seats positioned facing the running direction, hook the upper belt D- fig. 18 (in the upper seat pocket) to the ring E in the boot; ❒ Check proper locking by moving the child’s seat with force: the built-in safe- ty mechanism actually inhibits improp- fig. 18 F0C0428m er coupling with only one coupling locked. Group 1 With this configuration, the child is se- For proper mounting proceed as follows: cured also by the car seat belts and by the upper belts. To apply car seat belts to ❒ move the rear sliding seat fully back- th child’s seat refer to the child’s seat hand-wards with the seat back at 4 position, book. as shown in fig. 16; ❒ check whether the release lever B- fig. 17 is at rest position (inward); ❒ find the presetting brackets A, then po- fig. 17 F0C0139m sition the child restraint system with the fastening devices C aligned with the WARNING brackets; In case of rear sliding seat, move the front seat forward to a position from half its stroke forth. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE

“UNIVERSAL ISOFIX”

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

This car is preset for mounting the “Uni- versal Isofix” child restraint system, a new F0C0274m F0C0428m European standardised system for carry- fig. 19 fig. 20 ing children safely. The “Universal Isofix” child’s seat covers Remember that in case of Universal Isofix WARNING weight group: 1. child’s seat, you can only use all thoseseats approved with the marking ECE Mount the child restraint Due to its different anchoring system, the R44/03 “Universal Isofix”. system only with the car sta- Universal Isofix child’s seat shall be an- tionary. The child restraint system is chored to the proper lower metal rings At Lineaccessori Fiat is available the “Uni- properly anchored to the mounting A-fig. 19, set between rear seat back and versal Isofix” “Duo Plus” child’s seat. brackets when clicks are heard. In any cushion. The upper belt D-fig. 20 (pro- For any further installation/use detail, re- case, keep to the installation instruc- vided with the child’s seat) shall be then fer to the “Instructions Manual” that must tions that must be provided by the secured to ring E set in the boot at child’s be provided by the child restraint system child restraint system Manufacturer. seat height. Manufacturer. It is possible to mount at the same time both the traditional restraint system and the “Universal Isofix” one.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON UNIVERSAL ISOFIX CHILD’S SEAT USE The table below, according to ECE 16 European Directive, shows the different installation possibilities of Universal Isofix restraint systems on seats fitted with Isofix fasteners. Range of weight Child’s seat orientation Isofix Isofix position class side rear Group 0 to 10 kg Facing backwards E IL Facing backwards E IL Group 0+ to 13 kg Facing backwards D IL Facing backwards C IL Facing backwards D IL Facing backwards C IL Group I - 9 to 18 kg Facing forwards B IUF Facing forwards B1 IUF Facing forwards A IUF Key IUF = suitable for Isofix child restraint systems to be set facing forwards, universal class (fitted with third upper fastener), ap- proved for the weight group. IL = suitable for Isofix type child restraint systems, specific and approved for this type of car: Kiddy Isofix seat available at Lin- eaccessori Fiat. The child’s seat can be installed by moving forward the front seat. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

FRONT AIR BAGS In case of front crash, an electronic con- Front air bag may not be activated in the

trol unit, when required, triggers the in- following situations: The car is fitted with front multistage air flation of the cushion according to the severity of the collision. ❒ in collisions against highly deformablebags (“Smart bag”) for driver and passen- objects not affecting the car front sur- ger, front side bags (where provided), rear The cushion immediately inflates, placing face (e.g. bumper collision against guard side bags (where provided) and window itself as a protection between the body rail); bags (where provided). of the front occupants and the structure that could cause injuries. Immediately af- ❒ car wedging under other vehicles or “SMART BAG” SYSTEM (FRONT ter, the cushion deflates. protective barriers (for example under MULTISTAGE AIR BAGS) a truck or guard rail);The front air bag (driver and passenger) is The front air bag (driver and passenger) not a replacement of but complementary as it offers no additional protection com- has been designed to protect the occu- to the use of belts, which should always pared with the seat belts, consequently, pants in the event of head-on crashes of be worn, as specified by law in Europe and it would be pointless. Therefore, failure to medium-high severity, by placing the cush- most non-European countries. come into action in the above circum- ion between the occupant and the steer- stances does not mean that the system is ing wheel or dashboard. In case of crash, a person not wearing the not working properly.seat belt moves forward and may come in- Front air bags are designed to protect to contact with the cushion while it is still car’s occupants in front crashes and there- inflating. Under this circumstance the pro- fore non-activation in other types of col- tection offered by the air bag is reduced. lisions (side collisions, rear shunts, roll- WARNING overs, etc.) is not a system malfunction. Do not apply stickers or oth- er objects to the steering wheel or to the air bag cover on the passenger’s side or on the side roof lining. Do not put objects on the dashboard on passenger side (e.g. mo- bile phones) since they could interfere with proper passenger air bag infla- tion and cause injuries to the car’s passengers.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

WARNING

SERIOUS DANGER: With passenger’s air bag active, never place child’s seats with the cradle facing backwards since the air bag activation could cause to the child serious in- juries, even mortal. In the case of need, always deactivate the passen- fig. 21 F0C0051m fig. 22 F0C0112m ger’s air bag when a child’s seat is placed on the front seat. The front passenger’s seat shall be adjusted in DRIVER’S FRONT AIR BAG fig. 21 PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG the most backward position to pre- It consists of an instant-inflating cushion fig. 22 vent any contact between child’s seat contained in a special recess in the cen- It consists of an instant-inflating cushion and dashboard. Even if not compul- tre of the steering wheel. contained into a special recess in the sory by law, you are recommended to dashboard, this cushion has a volume big- reactivate the air bag immediately as ger than that of the driver. soon as child transport is no longer necessary. The driver’s and passenger’s front air bags have been designed and calibrated to im- prove the protection of a person wear- ing seat belts. At their maximum inflation, their volume fills most of the space between the dash- board and the passenger. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, MANUAL DEACTIVATION OF The warning light F on the instrument PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG panel stays on permanently until the pas- senger’s air bag is reactivated. Should it be absolutely necessary to car- ry a child on the front seat, the passenger’s Deactivation of the passenger’s front air front air bag can be deactivated. bag does not inhibit operation of the side bag. Deactivation/reactivation takes place with ignition key at STOP, and operating it in the special key switch on the right-hand side of the dashboard. You can reach the F0C0052m switch only if the door is opened. fig. 23 When the door is open, the key can be in- serted and removed in both positions. The key-operated switch has two posi-tions fig. 23: IMPORTANT Operate the switch only when the engine is not running and the ig- ❒ Passenger’s front air bag activated (ON nition key is removed. position P): warning light F on in-strument panel off; it is absolutely pro- hibited to carry a child on the front seat. ❒ Passenger’s front air bag deactivated (OFF position F): warning light F on instrument panel on; it is possible to carry a child protected by special re- straint system on the front seat.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, FRONT PASSENGER WARNING WARNING CLASSIFICATION SENSOR (OCS = Occupant Classification SERIOUS DANGER: The The front passenger classifi-front passenger classification cation sensor could not de- System) (where provided) sensor is not studied for the tect or correctly classify the occupant The front passenger air bag is equipped recognition of the children re- presence because of the interposition with a sensor, located inside the passen- straints and for the conse- of cushions or sanitary aids (cushions, ger seat between the padding and the ex- quent automatic deactivation of the rubber rings, etc.), that therefore ternal cover of the seat, able to recognize passenger air bag. If you carry a chil- should not be used on the front pas- the presence of the occupant and classify dren restraint on the front passenger senger seat. his/her weight. seat, it is however necessary to de- activate the front passenger air bag This allows ensuring the best protection through the proper deactivation under any circumstance, modulating the switch (see previous paragraph). inflation pressure of the front passenger WARNING air bag as a function of the occupant Never place cutting or sharp weight. objects on the front passen- ger seat to prevent damaging the If an adult sits on the front passenger seat,

WARNING front passenger classification sensor.the relevant front air bag is ready to in- Contact a Fiat Dealership in case of

tervene in case of need. If the passenger Do not arrange heavy ob- sensor damages. seat is free, the air bag will not intervene. jects on the front passenger IMPORTANT To receive the best system seat, because in the event of accident, protection in the event of an accident, you the front passenger air bag intervenes have to seat in proper position. if it is not deactivated through theproper deactivation switch (see pre- vious paragraph). INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

SIDE AIR BAGS

(Side bag -

Window bag)

SIDE BAG (where provided) They are composed by two types of in- stant inflation cushions and are housed in the back rests of the front seats fig. 24 fig. 24 F0C0114m fig. 26 F0C0157m and in the side stuffing of the rear seats (where provided) fig. 25. The task of the side air bags is to increase protection of Also in this case it is of vital importance to the occupants’ chest in the event of a side wear the seat belts since in case of side crash of medium-high severity. crash they guarantee proper positioning of the occupant and prevent the occupants WINDOW BAG (where provided) to be pitched out of the car in case of vi- fig. 26 olent crashes. They consist of two “curtain” cushions lo- Therefore the front and rear side bags cated behind the side coverings of the roof (where provided) are not a replacement and covered by proper finishings; this so- of but complementary to the belts, which lution, studied for the head protection, al- fig. 25 F0C0133m you are recommended to always wear, as lows offering the best protection to the specified by law in Europe and most non- front and rear occupants in the event of European countries.In minor side crashes (for which the re- side crash, thanks to the wide cushion in- straining action of the seat belts is suffi- IMPORTANT In the event of side crash, flation surface. cient), the air bags are not deployed. you can obtain the best protection by the system keeping a correct position on the seat, allowing thus a correct window bag unfolding.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, IMPORTANT The front air bags and/or IMPORTANT Should an accident occur in WARNING front and rear side bags (if fitted) may be which any of the safety devices is activat- deployed if the car is subject to heavy ed, take the car to a Fiat Dealership to Never rest head, arms and knocks or accidents involving the under- have the devices activated replaced and to elbows on the door, on the body area, such as for example violent have the system checked. windows and in the window bag area shocks, against steps, kerbs or low obsta- to prevent possible injuries during in- cles, falling of the car in big holes or sags Every control, repair and replacement op- flation phase. in the road. erations concerning the air bags must on-ly be carried out c/o Fiat Dealership. IMPORTANT When the airbag inflates it emits a small amount of dusts. These dusts If you are having the car scrapped, have are harmless and is not the beginning of the air bag system deactivated at a Fiat a fire; then the unfold cushion surface and Dealership first. If the car changes own-

WARNING

the car interiors can be covered by a dusty ership, the new owner must be informed Never lean head, arms and remains: this dust can irritate skin and of the method of use of air bags and the elbows out of the window. eyes. In case of contact, wash yourself us- above warnings and also be given this ing neutral soap and water. “Owner Handbook”. IMPORTANT The triggering of preten- sioners, front air bags and side bags (front and rear) is decided in a differentiated manner by the electronic control unit, de- pending on the type of crash. The failure to deploy one or more of them does not

WARNING mean that the system is not working prop-

Life and validity of pyrotech- erly nic charge and coil contact are indicated on the label inside the lower oddment compartment. As this date approaches, contact Fiat Deal- ership to have them replaced. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, MANUAL DEACTIVATION WARNING OF REAR SIDE BAGS (where provided) SERIOUS DANGER: In pres-ence of small size occupants Certain versions are fitted with rear side (children, etc.) on the rear bags (that can be deactivated) to protect seats, it is necessary to deac- the chest of rear passengers. tivate the rear side bags through the apposite deactivation For deactivation: operate the key switch switch located in the boot. (with ignition key) located in the boot un- der the rear shelves as shown in the fig- ure. The switch can be reached only with fig. 27 F0C0154m tailgate open. The key-operated switch has two posi- IMPORTANT Operate the switch only tions fig. 27: when the engine is stopped and the igni- tion key is removed. ❒ side air bag activated (ON position

Õ): warning light À on instrument

panel off; it is absolutely prohibited to carry a child on the rear seats; ❒ side air bag deactivated (OFF posi- tionÀ): warning light À on instru- ment panel on; it is possible to trans- port children protected by proper re- straints on the front seat.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, GENERAL WARNINGS WARNING WARNING Never travel with objects on Remember that with the key

WARNING your lap, in front of your engaged and at MAR, even

If when turning the ignition chest or with a pipe, pencil, etc. be- with the engine not running, the air key to MAR, the warning tween your lips; injury may result in bags may be triggered on a stationary light ¬ does not turn on or if it stays the event of the air bag being trig- car if it is bumped by another moving on when travelling (together with the gered. car. Therefore, never seat children on message on the display) there could the front seat even when the car is be a failure in safety systems; in this stationary. On the other hand, re- event air bags or pretensioners could member that with the key at STOP not trigger in case of impact or, in a no safety system (air bags or preten- minor number of cases, they could WARNING sioners) is triggered in the event of an trigger accidentally. Contact Fiat Always keep your hands on impact; in this case, failure to come Dealership immediately to have the the steering wheel rim when into action cannot be considered as a system checked. driving, so that if the air bag is trig- sign that the system is not working gered, it can inflate without meeting properly. any obstacles which could cause seri- ous harm to you. Do not drive with the body bent forwards, keep the seat back rest in the erect position and lean your back well against it.

WARNING

Do not cover the backrest of front and rear seats with trims or covers that are not suitable to be used with side bags. WARNING If the car has been stolen or an attempt to steal it has been made, if it has been subjected to vandals or floods, have the air bag system checked by Fiat Dealership. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

WARNING WARNING WARNING

When the ignition key is Do not wash the seat back Do not hook rigid objects to turned to MAR, the warning rest with pressurised water the coat hooks and to the light F (with passenger’s front air or steam (by hand or at automatic support handles. bag deactivation switch at ON) turns seat washing stations). on and flashes for few seconds to re- mind that the passenger’s air bag will be deployed in a crash, after which it should go off.

WARNING WARNING

The front air bag is triggered The air bag does not substi- for shocks greater in magni- tute the seat belts, but only tude than the pretensioners. For im- increases their effectiveness. More-

WARNING pacts between these two thresholds, over, since the front air bags do not

When the ignition key is it is therefore normal that only the come into operation in the event of turned to MAR, the warning pretensioners are triggered. front impact at low speed, side colli- light À (with the rear side bag de- sions, bumps from behind or over- activation switch at ON) turns on and turning, in these circumstances the flashes for few seconds to remind that occupants would only be protected the rear side bags will be deployed in by the seat belts which must therefore a crash, after which it should go off. always be fastened.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

CORRECT USE OF THE CAR

ENGINE STARTING ... 136 PARKING... 139 USING THE MANUAL GEARBOX ... 140 USING THE “SELESPEED” GEARBOX ... 141 CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS ... 149 TOWING TRAILERS... 151 SNOW TYRES... 154 SNOW CHAINS... 155 CAR INACTIVITY ... 156 INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

ENGINE STARTING STARTING PROCEDURE FOR WARNING

PETROL VERSIONS Running the engine in con- The car is fitted with an electronic engine Proceed as follows: fined areas is extremely dan- lock device: if the engine fails to start, see gerous. The engine consumes oxygen the paragraph “The Fiat CODE system” in ❒ pull up the handbrake; and produces carbon monoxide section “Dashboard and controls”. ❒ set the gear lever to neutral; which is a highly toxic and lethal gas. The engine may be noisier than usual dur- ing the first seconds of operation, espe- ❒ press the clutch pedal down to the cially after it has not been used for a while. floor without touching the accelerator; This characteristic feature of the hydraulic ❒ turn the ignition key to AVV and let tappet system does not compromise func- it go the moment the engine starts. tionality or reliability. This timing system When the engine is switched for petrol engines was adopted to limit If the engine does not start at the first at- off never leave the ignition key servicing. tempt, return the ignition key to STOP at MAR to prevent pointless before repeating starting. current absorption from drain- Engine starting is guaranteed up to a min- ing the battery. imum temperature of -18°C (Italy and If, when the ignition key is at MAR, warn- Middle Europe) and -20°C (North Eu- ing light Y remains lit together with rope). warning light U, turn the key to STOP and then back to MAR; if the warning light If you are still unable to start the engine, remains on, try with the other keys pro- perform the emergency start-up proce- vided with the car. dure (see “Emergency start-up” in section “In an emergency”) and contact Fiat Deal- ership. IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition key at MAR when the engine is off. We recommend that during the initial period you do not drive to full car performance (e.g.: excessive acceleration, long journeys at top speed, sharp brak- ing, etc.).

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, STARTING PROCEDURE IMPORTANT With cold engine, the ac- IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition key FOR DIESEL VERSIONS celerator pedal shall be completely re- at MAR when the engine is off. leased while turning the ignition key to Proceed as follows: AVV. ❒ pull up the handbrake; If the engine does not start at the first at- ❒ set the gear lever to neutral; tempt, return the ignition key to STOP The warning light m will before repeating starting. flash for 60 seconds at start- ❒ turn the ignition key to MAR. The up or during prolonged crank- warning lights m and Y on the in- If, when the ignition key is at MAR, warn- ing to signal a fault in the glow strument panel will turn on; ing light Y on the instrument panel stays plug heating system. You can use the on, turn the key to STOP and then back car as usual if the engine starts but you ❒ wait for the warning lights Y and m to MAR; if the warning light remains on, should contact a Fiat Dealership as to turn off. The hotter the engine is, the try with the other keys provided with the soon as possible. quicker this will happen; car. ❒ press the clutch pedal down to the If you still cannot start the engine, contact floor without touching the accelerator; Fiat Dealership. ❒ turn the ignition key to AVV as soon as warning light m turns off. If you wait too long you will lose the benefit of the work done by the glow plugs. Re- lease the key as soon as the engine starts. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, HOW TO WARM UP STOPPING THE ENGINE WARNING THE ENGINE AFTER IT Turn the ignition to STOP while the en- HAS JUST STARTED Remember that the servo-gine is idling. brake and power steering (petrol and diesel engines) IMPORTANT After a taxing drive, you are not operational until the engine Proceed as follows: should allow the engine to “catch its has been started, therefore much ef- breath” before turning it off by letting it fort than usual is required on the❒Drive off slowly, letting the engine turn idle to allow the temperature in the en- brake pedal and steering wheel.at medium revs. Do not accelerate abruptly; gine compartment to fall. ❒Do not drive at full performance for the initial kilometres. Wait until the coolant temperature gauge starts moving. Never bump start the engine A quick burst on the acceler- EMERGENCY START-UP by pushing, towing or coasting ator before turning off the en- downhill as this could cause gine serves absolutely no prac- If the instrument panel warning light Y fuel to flow into the catalytic tical purpose, it wastes fuel stays on with fixed light, contact Fiat Deal- exhaust system and damage it beyond and is damaging especially to tur- ership. repair. bocharged engines.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

PARKING THE CAR HANDBRAKE

The handbrake lever is located between Proceed as follows: the two front seats. ❒ Stop the engine and engage the hand- Pull the handbrake lever upwards until the brake; car cannot be moved. ❒ Engage a gear (first if the car is faced up- Four or five clicks are generally enough hill or reverse if it is faced downhill) and when the car is on level ground while nine leave the wheels steered. or ten may be required if the car is on a Block the wheels with a wedge or a stone steep slope or laden. fig. 1 F0C0059m if the car is parked on a steep slope. Do IMPORTANT If this is not the case, con- not leave the ignition key at MAR to pre- tact Fiat Dealership to have the handbrake When the handbrake lever is pulled up vent draining the battery. Always remove adjusted. and the ignition key is at MAR, the in- the key when you leave the car. In cars fitted with front armrest, lift the strument panel warning light x will turn latter so that it does not hinder the hand- on. brake engaging procedure. To release the handbrake: ❒ slightly lift the handbrake and press re- lease button A-fig. 1; ❒ keep button A pressed and lower the lever. Warning light x will turn off.

WARNING Press the brake pedal when carrying out

Never leave children unat- this operation to prevent the car from tended in the car. Always re- moving accidentally. move the ignition key when leaving the car and take it out with you. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

USING THE MANUAL GEARBOX

To engage the gears, press the clutch ped- al fully and shift the gear lever into one of the required positions (the diagram is shown on the knob fig. 2, fig. 3 and fig. 4). To engage 6th gear (version 1.416V and 1.9 Multijet16V) press the lever to the right to F0C0060m F0C0602m prevent engaging 4th gear by mistake. A fig. 2 fig. 3 similar action is required to shift down from 6th to 5th. WARNING IMPORTANT The car can only be put in- To change gears properly to reverse gear when it has stopped mov- you must push the clutch ing completely. With the engine running, pedal fully down. It is therefore es- before engaging the reverse, wait at least sential that there is nothing under the 2 seconds with the clutch pedal fully down pedals: make sure the mats are lying to prevent damage and grating of the flat and do not get in the way of the gears. pedals. To engage reverse R from neutral, lift the sliding ring A-fig. 2 or B-fig. 3 under the fig. 4 F0C0310m knob and shift the lever to the right and back (1.416V, 2.416V, 1.616V and Multijet versions). For versions 1.816V just shift lever C-fig. 4 Do not drive with your hand to the right and back. resting on the gear lever as the force exerted, even if slight, could lead over time to pre- mature wear on the gearbox internal components.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

USING THE

“SELESPEED” GEARBOX (where provided) The car may be fitted with a mechanical transmission with electronic control called “Selespeed”. This device includes a con- ventional mechanical gearbox to which an electronically-operated electro-hydraulic F0C0105m F0C0111m device has been added which controls au- fig. 5 fig. 6 tomatically the clutch and gear engage- ment. OPERATION Manual mode (MANUAL) The car moves off using only the acceler- The gearbox can work in two operating In MANUAL mode, the display shows the ator pedal. modes: gear engaged. To be able to use the Selespeed correct- ❒ the first mode is manual (MANUAL), The requests to change gear may take ly, this chapter should be read in full. the driver directly requests gearshift- place through: ing; ❒ the gear lever A-fig. 5 on the central ❒ the second mode is automatic (AUTO), console; the system directly decides when shift- ing gear. ❒ the steering wheel controls fig. 6,which can be operated only when the On versions fitted with Cruise Control, car speed exceeds 5 km/h. when activating it, the Selespeed gearbox will automatically set in AUTO mode. To It is not necessary to release the acceler- select the manual mode deactivate the ator pedal when shifting gears. Cruise Control (see paragraph “Cruise Neutral (N) is accepted until the car speed Control” in section “Dashboard and con- exceeds 40 km/h. The reverse gear en- trols”). gagement (R) is accepted only if the car is stationary. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, In the manual operating mode there are Automatic mode (AUTO) certain automatic/security devices which simplify driving: This operating mode is selected by press-ing button AUTO, on the central console. ❒ when slowing down the clutch is opened and the transmission ratio is au- In the AUTO operating mode, AUTO is tomatically reduced to be ready for displayed followed by the indication of the picking up again; otherwise, when the gear selected. car is stopped, the gearbox will auto- Releasing the accelerator pedal quickly, matically be in first gear (1); the system does not engage a higher gear fig. 7 F0C0010m ❒ requests to change gear that would take in order to maintain an adequate level of the engine to exceed the maximum engine brake. Such operating mode is set when, with speed or below minimum speed are not The indication on the display of the gear AUTO mode selected, the button AUTO accepted; selected, can be as follows: fig. 7 is pressed again, thereby excluding ❒ nif the engine reaches the maximum the previously selected mode. permissible speed and accelerating con- When downshifting, the engine is accel- tinues (without the cutting in of the N = neutral; erated automatically to bring it to the ASR or ESP system), the system auto- 1 = first gear; speed necessary with the new gear ratio. matically engages a higher gear; ASR or ESP system activation at max speed, 2 = second gear; With the accelerator pedal pressed and gearshifting is inhibited; gradual engine speed increase, gearshift- 3 = third gear; ing becomes quicker. ❒ if jamming occurs during gear engage- 4 = fourth gear; ment, the system firstly tries to engage the gear required again and, if it is still 5 = fifth gear; not possible, it automatically engages the immediately higher one to avoid R = reverse; leaving the car in neutral (N). IMPORTANT It is advisable to wait for the end of a gear shifting operation before re- questing another one, to avoid multiple re- quests in rapid succession.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, SYSTEM ACTIVATION MOVING-OFF WARNING Turning the ignition key to MAR, after With the engine on and the car stationary, After a request to shift gear about one second, the display shows the the gears that can be engaged for moving with the car stationary, be- gear engaged (N, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, R): from this off are only first (1), second (2) and/or re- fore pressing the accelerator pedal to moment onwards, the Selespeed system verse (R). make the car move, the driver must accepts gearshift commands. To engage them it is possible, keeping the always check the display to see that IMPORTANT If after 10 seconds the dis- brake pedal pressed, to use only the the gear engaged is the one required. play does not show the gear engaged, turn gearshift lever on the central console. the ignition key to STOP, and wait for the display to turn off, then repeat system Moving off of the car is obtained releas- switch on. If the fault persists, contact Fi- ing the brake pedal and gradually press- at Dealership. ing the accelerator pedal. IMPORTANT If when shifting from re- IMPORTANT When the driver’s door is With the ASR system off (pressing the verse (R) / first (1) or neutral (N) / first (1) opened the system starts the hydraulic ASR off button) moving off will be more sticking occurs on the first gear, the sys- part of the system to prepare it for when “brilliant”. tem automatically engages second gear (2). the engine is started. IMPORTANT Reverse gear (R) can be en- This is not to be considered as a fault as gaged from any of the following other it is part of the operating logic. For the gears: neutral (N), first (1) or second (2) same reason, in the case of sticking on re- only when the car is stationary. verse gear, the system partially closes theclutch to allow gear engagement; in this case the engagement of reverse gear (R) will not be as smooth as usual. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, IMPORTANT NOTES ❒ With the car stopped and a gear en- gaged always keep the brake pedal pressed until deciding to move off; ❒ during prolonged halts with the engine running it is advisable to keep the gear- box in neutral; ❒ when the car is parked facing uphill, do not use the moving off manoeuvre to fig. 8 F0C00105m fig. 9 F0C0184m keep the car still; use the brake pedal and press the accelerator pedal only when the deciding to move off; Though highly inadvisable, if when travel- GEARSHIFTING ling downhill for some unexpected reason ❒ use second gear (2) only when more the car is set to neutral (N), when the en- Through lever control is needed for moving off ma- gagement of a gear is requested, the sys- noeuvres at low speed; tem automatically engages the best gear in Gearshifting takes place through the con- relation to the speed of the car to allow trol lever A-fig. 8, which is of the float- ❒ if, in reverse gear, first (1) gear is en- the correct transmission of torque to the ing type with a “single central stable po-gaged or vice versa, shift gear only sition”. It is possible to request an in- when the car is stopped completely and wheels. crease/decrease of the gear ratio engaged with the brake pedal pressed. When travelling downhill with a gear en- and/or reverse gear engagement (R) or gaged and the accelerator released (if the neutral (N). car is moving), beyond a pre-established speed, the system engages the clutch au- To request gearshifting proceed as follows tomatically to give the car adequate engine fig. 9: braking. ❒ shift upwards (+) push the lever for- wards. If the system is in neutral (N) or in reverse (R) moving the lever for- wards causes the engagement of first gear (1); ❒ to shift downwards (-) push the lever backwards.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, fig. 10 F0C0186m fig. 11 F0C0111m fig. 12 F0C0185m IMPORTANT Before using the gearshift IMPORTANT Once a gear has been Through steering wheel controls control lever, always check the gear en- changed it is necessary to immediately re- gaged on the display (N, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, R). lease the gearshift control lever after mak- They are placed on the steering wheel With the engine off and the car stationary ing the request. A manoeuvre prolonged spokes fig. 11 through which, only with the car on the move (with speed above 5 it is possible to engage all the gears. (over 10 seconds) will cause the systemto switch automatically to AUTO; every- Km/h), it is possible to shift gear up or With the car stopped and the brake ped- thing stops releasing the gearshift lever. down. al pressed, requests to change gear are ac- cepted only through the control lever on IMPORTANT When parking the car on If during operation in the automatic mode the centre console. a sloping road and engaging a gear to keep (AUTO) a request to change gear is made, it braked, always check that the display this is performed without switching the From any gear (N, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) and with shows the new gear engaged and wait for operating mode. the car practically stationary, it is possi- one or two seconds before releasing the To allow setting to neutral (N), (with the ble to request the engagement of reverse brake pedal to allow complete engage- car stationary and brake pedal pressed), gear pushing the lever to the right and ment of the clutch. move the gearshift lever to the right then backwards fig. 10. If the car is mov- fig. 12. ing, the request is not accepted. Wait for the car to stop and then request gear en- gagement again. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, ENGINE STARTING SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE WARNING The engine can be started either with a AND SYSTEM DEACTIVATION If the engine fails to start gear engaged or with the gearbox in neu- Turning the ignition key to STOP the en- with the gear engaged, the tral (N). gine turns off. driver is informed of the potentially After starting, the gearbox sets to neutral dangerous situation (due to the factThe gear selected before switching off the automatically, the display shows the letter that the gearbox is in neutral) by theengine remains engaged. N and the system selects last operating buzzer. mode (MANUAL or AUTO) before If the engine is stopped with the gearbox switching off. in neutral (N), letter N flashing on the dis- play calls the driver’s attention so that the IMPORTANT With gear engaged, fully de- car can be put in safety conditions engag- press the brake pedal to allow engine ing first gear (1) or reverse (R). starting. In this case, the ignition key should be turned to MAR and, with the brake ped- WARNING al pressed, engage first gear (1) or reverse NEVER leave the car with (R). the gear in neutral (N).

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, IMPORTANT If the engine is stopped with FAILURE INDICATIONS WARNING the AUTO mode engaged, this will be stored by the system. Indeed, the next Failures of the Selespeed gearbox are Never remove the ignition time the engine is started, this condition shown by warning light t on the in- key when the car is moving. will still be active. strument panel, together with the relevant In addition to the fact that the Sele-message (see section “Warning lights and speed system would not work prop- IMPORTANT Should the engine go off messages”). erly up to stopping the car, the steer- with the car on the move, the next time ing wheel would lock automatically it is started the warning light Y may In case of system failure: the first time it is turned. come on. In this case check that the warn- ❒ a buzzer will sound; ing light Y goes off turning the engine off and on again with the car stationary. If not, ❒ where provided, the AUTO mode will contact Fiat Dealership. be engaged automatically to make it possible to reach the nearest Fiat Deal- ership and have the fault eliminated.

WARNING

In the case of a fault, the system only al- It is absolutely necessary to lows the engagement of first gear (1), sec- turn off the engine and then ond gear (2) and reverse (R). turn off the Selespeed system keep- ing the brake pedal pressed: ONLY release the pedal when the display on the instrument panel has gone out.

WARNING

In the event of a gearbox fault (to any component), contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible to have the system checked over. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, BUZZER WARNINGS STOPPING THE CAR PARKING THE CAR The buzzer is activated when: To stop the car, simply release the accel- To park the car safely it is absolutely nec- reverse gear is engaged (R); erator pedal and, if necessary press the essary to engage first gear (1) or reverse❒ brake pedal. (R) and also the handbrake if the car is on ❒ clutch overheating occurs when mov- ing off (in this case it is necessary to Regardless of the gear engaged and the op- a slope. “force” start-up without hesitation or, erating mode activated (MANUAL or AU- When turning off the engine with the car if the car is on a slope, release the ac- TO) the system automatically disengages on an uphill slope and a gear engaged, it celerator and use the brake pedal to the clutch and shifts to a lower gear. is absolutely necessary to wait for the dis- stop the car); Stopping the car the system automatical- play showing the gear engaged to go off ly engages the first gear (1). before releasing the brake pedal. ❒ an attempt is made to start the engine with a gear engaged and the brake ped- If the gearbox is in neutral (N) and want- al is not pressed completely; ing to engage a parking gear, the systemshould be activated and with the foot on Still for safety reasons, when the car is sta- the brake pedal it is necessary to engage tionary, with engine started gear engaged, first gear (1) or reverse (R). the system activates the buzzer and au- tomatically shifts to neutral (N) when: TOWING THE CAR ❒ no action is made on the accelerator See the instructions contained in para- and/or brake pedal for at least 3 min- graph “Towing the car” in section “In an utes; emergency”. ❒ the brake is pressed for over 10 min- utes; ❒ the driver’s door is opened and no ac- tion is made on the accelerator and brake by at least 2 seconds; ❒ a gearbox failure has been detected.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

CONTAINING Roof rack/ski rack Climate control RUNNING COSTS Remove the roof rack or the ski rack from The air conditioner is an additional load

the roof as soon as they are no longer which greatly affects the engine leading to Here are some suggestions which may used. These accessories lower air pene- higher consumption (on average up to help you to keep the running costs of your tration and adversely affect consumption +20%). When the temperature outside car down and lower the amount of toxic levels. When needing to carry particular- the car permits it, use the air vents where emissions released into the atmosphere. ly voluminous objects, preferably use a possible. trailer. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS Spoilers Electric devices The use of non-certified aerodynamic Car maintenance Use electric devices only for the amount items may adversely affect air drag and Have checks and adjustments carried out of time needed. Rear heated window, ad- consumption levels. in accordance with the “Service schedule”. ditional headlights, windscreen wipers andheater fan need a considerable amount of energy, therefore increasing the require- Tyres ment of current increases fuel consump- Check the pressure of the tyres routine- tion (up to +25% in the urban cycle). ly at an interval of no more than 4 weeks: if the pressure is too low, consumption levels increase as resistance to rolling is higher. Unnecessary loads Do not travel with too much luggage stowed in the boot. The weight of the car (especially when driving in town) and its trim greatly affects consumption and sta- bility. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, DRIVING STYLE Top speed CONDITIONS OF USE Fuel consumption considerably increases Starting with speed. Avoid superfluous braking and Cold starting Do not warm the engine with the car at accelerating, which cost in terms of both Short journeys and frequent cold starts do a standstill or at idle or high speed: under fuel and emissions. not allow the engine to reach optimum these conditions the engine warms up operating temperature. This results in a much more slowly, increasing electrical Acceleration significant increase in consumption levels consumption and emissions. It is therefore Accelerating violently increasing the revs (from +15 to +30% on the urban cycle)advisable to move off immediately, slow- ly, avoiding high speeds. This way the en- will greatly affect consumption and emis- and emission of harmful substances. gine will warm faster. sions: acceleration should be gradual andshould not exceed the maximum torque. Traffic situations and road conditions Unnecessary actions Rather high consumption levels are tied to Avoid accelerating when waiting at traffic situations with heavy traffic, for example lights or before switching off the engine. in queues with frequent use of the lower This and also double declutching is ab- gears or in cities with many traffic lights. solutely pointless on modern cars and al- Also winding mountain roads and rough so increase consumption and pollution. road surfaces adversely affect consump- tion. Gear selection As soon as the conditions of the traffic and Traffic hold-ups road allow, use a higher gear. Using a low During prolonged hold-ups (traffic lights, gear to obtain brilliant performance in- level crossings) the engine should be creases consumption. switched off. In the same way improper use of a high gear increases consumption, emissions an engine wear.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

TOWING TRAILERS The weight the trailer exerts on the car INSTALLING THE TOW HOOK

tow hook reduces by the same amount the actual car loading capacity. To make The towing device should be fastened to IMPORTANT NOTES sure the maximum towable weight is not the body by specialised personnel ac- For towing caravans or trailers the car exceeded (given in the log book) account cording to any additional and/or integra- tive information supplied by the Manufac- must be fitted with a certified tow hook should be taken of the fully laden trailer, and an adequate electric system. Installa- including accessories and personal be- turer of the device. tion should be carried out by specialised longings. personnel who release a special document Do not exceed the speed limits of the for circulation on the road. country you are driving in. In any case do Install any specific and/or additional rear- not exceed 100 km/h. view mirrors as specified by law. WARNING The ABS system with which Remember that when towing a trailer, the car may be fitted does steep hills are harder to climb, the brak- not control the trailer braking system. ing spaces increase and overtaking takes Drive with extreme care on slippery longer depending on the overall weight. roadbeds. Engage a low gear when driving downhill, rather than constantly using the brake.

WARNING

Under no circumstances should the car brake system be altered to control the trailer brake. The trailer braking system must be fully independent of the car hydraulic system. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, The towing device must meet current reg- Assembly diagram fig. 13-14 IMPORTANT It is compulsory to fasten a ulations with reference to 94/20/EC Di- rective and subsequent amendments. The tow hook structure must be fastened label (plainly visible) of suitable size and in the points shown by the symbol us- material with the following wording:Ø For any version the towing device used ing a total of 6 M10 screws. MAX LOAD ON BALL 60 kg must match the towable weight of the car on which it is to be installed. Counterplates ➀ shall havea4mm min After fitting, screw holes shall be sealed tothickness. prevent exhaust gas inlet. IMPORTANT Supplementary electric loads other than external lights (e.g. elec- Counterplates ➁ shall havea6mm min tric brake, electric winch, etc.) shall be thickness. used with running engine. The hook should be fastened to the body avoiding any type of drilling and trimming of the rear bumpers that remains visible when the hook is removed.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Standard Standard tow ball tow ball F0C0249m F0C0434m fig. 13 - Saloon versions fig. 14 - Multi Wagon versions Existing Existing hole hole Rear axle Full load Rear axle Existing Existing hole hole Full load

INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD

SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

SNOW TYRES Due to the snow tyre features, under nor- WARNING

mal conditions of use or on long motor- The max speed for snow Use snow tyres of the same size as the way journeys, the performance of these normal tyres provided with the car. tyres is lower than that of normal tyres. It tyres with “Q” marking is is therefore necessary to limit their use to 160 km/h; 190 km/h for tyres with “T” Fiat Dealership will be glad to provide ad- the purposes for which they are certified. marking and 210 km/h for tyres with vice concerning the most suitable type of H marking. The Road Traffic Code tyre for the customer’s requirements. IMPORTANT When snow tyres are used speed limits must however be always with a max speed index below the one strictly observed. For the type of tyre to be used, inflation that can be reached by the car (increased pressures and the specifications of snow by 5%), place a notice in the passenger tyres, follow the instructions given in para- compartment, plainly in the driver’s view graph “Wheels” in section “Technical which states the max permissible speed of specifications”. the snow tyres (as per EC Directive). The winter features of these tyres are re- All four tyres should be the same (brand duced considerably when the tread depth and track) to ensure greater safety when is below 4 mm. In this case, they should driving and braking and better driveabili- be replaced. ty. Remember that it is inappropriate to change the direction of rotation of tyres.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

SNOW CHAINS IMPORTANT Snow chains cannot be fit-

ted to the space-saver spare wheel. So, if Keep your speeddown when snow Use of snow chains should be in compli- a front (drive) wheel is punctured and ance with local regulations. chains are needed, a rear wheel should be chains are fitted. Do fitted to the front of the car and the spare not exceed 50 Km/h. Avoid Snow chains should only be applied to the wheel should be fitted to the rear. potholes, steps and pavements and driving wheels (front wheels). avoid also to drive for long distances on This way with two normal drive wheels, roads not covered with snow to prevent Check the tension of the chains after the snow chains can be fitted to them to solve damaging the car and the roadbed. first few metres have been driven. an emergency. Use snow chains with reduced size: on IMPORTANT Snow chains may not be tyres 195/65 R15” and 205/55 R16” use used on tyres type 215/45 R17 87W since snow chains with reduced size with max interference can be generated with the protrusion beyond the tyre profile of 9 surrounding components. mm. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

CAR INACTIVITY ❒ sprinkle talcum powder on the rubber IMPORTANT Where relevant, switch off

windscreen and rear window wiper the electronic car alarm with the remote If the car is to be left inactive for longer blades and lift them off the glass; control. than a month, the following precautions ❒ slightly open the windows; should be noted: ❒ cover the car with a cloth or perforat- ❒ park the car in covered, dry and if pos- ed plastic sheet. Do not use sheets of sible well-ventilated premises; non-perforated plastic as they do not ❒ engage a gear; allow moisture on the car body to evaporate; ❒ check that the handbrake is not en- gaged; ❒ inflate tyres to +0,5 bar above the nor- mal specified pressure and check it at ❒ disconnect battery terminals (first dis- intervals; connect the negative terminal) and check the battery charge. This check ❒ if you don’t disconnect the battery from is to be repeated every three months the electric system, check its charge when the car is left inactive. Recharge every month and recharge it if the op- if the optical indicator shows a dark tical indicator shows a dark colour colour without the central green area; without the central green area; ❒ clean and protect the painted parts us- ❒ do not drain the engine cooling system. ing protective wax; ❒ clean and protect the shiny metal parts using special compounds readily avail- able.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

WARNING LIGHTS AND MESSAGES

GENERAL WARNINGS ... 158 INEFFICIENT ABS SYSTEM ... 166 LOW BRAKE FLUID... 158 INEFFICIENT EBD HANDBRAKE ON... 158 (ELECTRONIC BRAKING DISTRIBUTOR) ... 166 BRAKE PAD WEAR... 158 CAR PROTECTION SYSTEM FAILURE - AIR BAG FAILURE ... 159 FIAT CODE... 167 FRONT PASSENGER’S AIR BAG DEACTIVATED... 159 ALARM FAILURE ... 167 REAR SIDE BAGS DEACTIVATED ... 160 SEAT BELTS NOT FASTENED... 160 BREAK-IN ATTEMPT ... 167 LOW BATTERY CHARGE ... 160 EXTERNAL LIGHT FAILURE ... 167 LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE... 161 REAR FOGLIGHTS ... 167 EXHAUST OIL ... 161 FRONT FOG LIGHTS... 167 SELESPEED TRANSMISSION FAILURE... 161 “DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER STEERING LEFT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR ... 168 FAILURE ... 162 RIGHT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR ... 168 HIGH TEMPERATURE ENGINE COOLANT FLUID... 162 SIDELIGHTS AND LOW BEAMS ... 168 INCOMPLETE DOOR LOCKING... 163 FOLLOW ME HOME ... 168 GENERIC FAILURE INDICATION ... 163 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CLOGGED... 163 MAIN BEAMS... 168 FUEL RESERVE... 164 CRUISE CONTROL... 168 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM FAILURE (EOBD) ... 164 POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE ON THE ROAD... 168 ESP SYSTEM ... 165 LIMITED RANGE ... 168 GLOW PLUG WARMING FAILURE... 165 GLOW PLUGS ... 165 ASR SYSTEM ... 168 WATER IN DIESEL FUEL FILTER ... 166 SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED ... 168 INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

WARNING LIGHTS LOW BRAKE Handbrake on AND MESSAGES x FLUID LEVEL (red) The warning light turns on when the hand-

HANDBRAKE ON (red) brake is on. GENERAL WARNINGS Turning the ignition key to MAR the If the car is moving, a buzzer will also warning light turns on, but it should go off sound. Turning on of warning light is accompa- after few seconds. nied by specific message and/or by buzzer IMPORTANT If the warning light turns on sound where provided by instrument pan- when travelling, check that the handbrake el. These indications are concise and Low brake fluid level is not engaged. cautionary and shall not be considered The warning light turns on when the lev- as exhaustive and/or as an alternative to el of the brake fluid in the reservoir falls the specifications contained in this Own- below the minimum level, due to possi- er Handbook which shall always be read BRAKE PADble leak in the circuit. through carefully and thoroughly. In case d WEAR (red) of failure indication always refer to the The display will show the dedicated mes- specifications contained in this sec- sage. The warning light turns on when the tion. front brake pads are worn; in this case IMPORTANT Failure indications displayed have them changed as soon as possible. are divided into two categories: very se- WARNING rious and less serious failures. The display will show the dedicated mes-If the warning light x turns sage. Very serious failures are indicated by a on when travelling (together repeated and prolonged warning “cycle”. with the message on the display) stop IMPORTANT Since the car is fitted with the car immediately and contact Fiat wear sensors for the front brake pads, Less serious failures are indicated by a Dealership. when changing them, check also the rear limited warning “cycle”. brake pads. The warning cycle of both failure classes can be stopped by pressing button MODE. The instrument panel warning light will stay on until eliminating the fault.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, AIR BAG FAILURE (red) WARNING FRONT PASSENGER’S ¬ The failure of the warning F AIR BAG Turning the ignition key to light ¬ (warning light off) is DEACTIVATED MAR the warning light turns on, also indicated by the flashing for (amber) but it should go off after few seconds. more than the normal 4 seconds of Warning light F will come on when de- The warning light stays on permanently if the passenger’s front air bag deacti- activating the passenger front air bag. With there is a failure in the air bag system. The vated warning light F. passenger front air bag active, turning the display will show the dedicated message. ignition key to MAR, warning light Fwill turn on with fixed light for about 4 sec- onds and then it will flash for other 4 sec- onds. It shall then go off.

WARNING WARNING

If when turning the ignition key to MAR, the warning Warning light F indicates light ¬ does not turn on or if it stays also warning light ¬ failures. on when travelling (together with the This is indicated by intermittent flash- message on the display) there could ing, over 4 seconds, of warning light be a failure in safety systems; in this F. In this event warning light ¬ in- event air bags or pretensioners could dicates that there could be a failure not trigger in case of impact or, in a in safety systems. Contact Fiat Deal- minor number of cases, they could ership immediately to have the sys- trigger accidentally. Contact Fiat tem checked. Dealership immediately to have the system checked. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, REAR SIDE BAGS SEAT BELTS NOT LOW BATTERY

À DEACTIVATED FASTENED (red) CHARGE (red)(where provided) < wThe warning light turns on Turning the ignition key to

(amber) glowing steadily with car station- MAR the warning light turns on, Warning light À turns on when rear side ary and driver’s seat belt not fastened cor- but it should go out as soon as the engine bags are deactivated. rectly. The warning light will turn on flash- is started (with the engine running at idle ing together with the buzzer when, with speed a brief delay in going out is allowed). With rear side bags on, turning the igni- car moving, the driver’s seat belt is not fas- tion key to MAR, warning light À will tened correctly. If the warning light stays on glowing steadi- turn on with fixed light for about 4 sec- ly or flashing, contact immediately Fiat onds and then it will flash for other 4 sec- The S.B.R. (Seat Belt Reminder) buzzer Dealership. onds. It shall then go off. can only be excluded by Fiat Dealership. The system can be reactivated through the set-up menu.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, LOW ENGINE OIL Exhaust oil SELESPEED v PRESSURE (red) (Multijet versions with DPF) t TRANSMISSION EXHAUST OIL (red) The warning light with turn on flashing FAILURE (red) (Multijet versions with DPF) when the system detects that the engine Turning the ignition key to MAR oil is exhaust. the warning light turns on, but it should go Low engine oil pressure After the first indication, at each engine out as soon as the engine is started. Turning the ignition key to MAR the starting the warning light v will go on The warning light with turn on flashing (to- warning light turns on, but it should go out flashing for about 1 minute and then every gether with the message on the display) as soon as the engine is started. 2 hours until oil is changed. when there is a failure in the Selespeed The display will show the dedicated mes- transmission.The display will show the dedicated mes- sage. sage.

WARNING

In the event of Selespeed transmission failure, go as soon as possible to the nearest Fiat If the warning light v turns If warning light v flashes, Dealership and have the system on when the car is travelling contact Fiat Dealership as checked. (together with the message on soon as possible to have oil the display), stop the engine changed and instrument pan- immediately and contact a Fiat Deal- el warning light turned off. ership. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, “DUALDRIVE” HIGH TEMPERATURE ❒ Car heavy duty (e.g.: towing trailer g ELECTRIC POWER ç ENGINE COOLANT uphill of fully laden car): decrease speed,STEERING FAILURE FLUID (red) if the warning light stays on, stop the (red) car. Wait for 2 or 3 minutes leaving theTurning the ignition key to MAR engine on and slightly accelerated to Turning the ignition key to MAR the the warning light turns on, but it should go further activate the circulation of the warning light turns on, but it should go off off after few seconds. coolant fluid, then switch the engine off. after few seconds. The warning light turns on when the en- Check proper coolant level as de- If the warning light stays on, you will not gine is overheated. scribed previously. have steering assistance and the effort on the steering wheel will be increased, steer- If the warning light comes on when dri- IMPORTANT Under severe use of the ing is however possible. Contact Fiat Deal- ving, proceed as follows: car, keep the engine on and slightly accel- erated for few minutes before switching it ership. ❒ normal driving conditions: stop the off. The display will show the dedicated mes- car, switch off the engine and check sage. whether the water level in the reser- The display will show the dedicated mes- voir is not below the MIN mark. Oth- sage. erwise wait for few seconds to allow engine cooling, then open slowly and carefully the cap, top up coolant and check whether its level is falling be- tween MIN and MAX marks in the reservoir. Check visually any leak and if when restarting the warning light comes on again, contact a Fiat Dealer- ship.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, INCOMPLETE DOOR GENERIC FAILURE DIESEL PARTICULATE ´ LOCKING (red) è INDICATION h FILTER CLOGGED The warning light turns on (amber) (amber) when one or more doors, the The warning light turns on in the (Multijet versions) boot or the bonnet are not properly shut. following circumstances. The warning light turns on when the diesel The display will show the dedicated mes- particulate filter is clogged and the driving sage. Inertial fuel cut-off switch conditions do not enable to activate au- intervened tomatically the reclaiming procedure. The buzzer will sound when one or more doors are open and the car is moving. The warning light turns on when the in- To enable the cleaning procedure, keep ertial fuel cut-off switch is triggered. The the car running until the warning light display will show the dedicated message. turns off. Sensor failure The display will show the dedicated mes- sage. The warning light turns on when a fault is detected to one of the following sensors (where provided): ❒ window anti-pinch sensors; ❒ engine oil pressure sensor; ❒ twilight sensor; ❒ rain sensor; ❒ parking sensors; The display will show the dedicated mes- sage (excluding in the event of engine oil pressure sensor failure). Contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi- ble to have the fault removed. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, FUEL RESERVE ENGINE CONTROL The warning light turns off if the fault dis- ç (amber) U SYSTEM FAILURE appears, but it is still stored by the system. Turning the ignition key to (EOBD) (amber) ❒ flashing: indicates the possibility of dam- MAR the warning light turns on, In normal conditions, turning the age to the catalyst (see “EOBD system” but it should go off after few seconds. ignition key to MAR, the warning light in section “Dashboard and controls”). The warning light turns on when about 8 turns on, but it should go off when the en- If the light flashes, it is necessary to release litres fuel are left in the tank. The display gine has started. The initial turning on in- the accelerator pedal to lower the speed will show the dedicated message. dicates that the warning light is working of the engine until the warning light stopsproperly. If the warning light stays on or flashing; continue the journey at moder- IMPORTANT The warning light flashes to turns on when travelling: ate speed, trying to avoid driving condi- indicate a failure, contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible to have the system ❒ glowing steadily: means a fault in the sup- tions that may cause further flashing and checked. ply/ignition system which could cause contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi- high emissions at the exhaust, possible ble. lack of performance, poor handling and high consumption levels. The display will show the dedicated mes- sage. In these conditions it is possible to con- If, turning the ignition key to tinue driving without however requiring MAR, the warning light U heavy effort or high speed from the en- does not turn on or if it turns gine. Prolonged use of the car with the on glowing steadily or flashing warning light on may cause damages. Con- when travelling, contact Fiat Dealer- tact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible. ship. Warning light U operation can be checked by traffic agents by prop- er equipments, therefore comply with laws and regulations of the country where you are driving.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, ESP SYSTEM (amber) GLOW PLUG Glow plug warming failure á Turning the ignition key to m WARMING FAILURE The warning light flashes when there is a MAR the warning light turns (Multijet versions) failure in the glow plug warming system. on, but it should go off after few (amber) Contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi- seconds. GLOW PLUGS ble. If the warning light does not turn off or (Multijet versions) The display will show the dedicated mes- stays on when travelling together with the (amber) sage. button led ASR, contact Fiat Dealership. The display will show the dedicated mes- Glow plug warming sage. Turning the ignition key to MAR the Disconnecting the battery will make the warning light turns on and it will go off warning light turn on (together with the when glow plugs reach the preset tem- message on the display) to indicate that perature. Start the engine immediately af- the system shall be realigned. To make the ter warning light turning off. warning light turn off carry out the initial- IMPORTANT With hot ambient temper- isation procedure described at paragraph ature, warning light stays on for very short “ESP system” in section “Dashboard and time. controls”. Warning light flashing when driving indi- cates that the ESP system is active. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, WATER IN DIESEL INEFFICIENT ABS INEFFICIENT c FUEL FILTER > SYSTEM (amber) x > EBD(Multijet versions) Turning the ignition key to (ELECTRONIC (amber) MAR the warning light turns on, BRAKING Turning the ignition key to MAR the but it should go off after few seconds. DISTRIBUTOR) (red) (amber) warning light turns on, but it should go off The warning light turns on when the sys- after few seconds. The turning on at the same time of warn-tem is inefficient or unavailable. In this case ing lights x and > with the engine run- The warning light turns on when there is the braking system keeps its effectiveness ning indicates an EBD system failure or water in the diesel fuel filter. unchanged, but without the potential of- that the system is unavailable; in this case fered by the ABS system. The display will show the dedicated mes- heavy braking may cause the rear wheels sage. Caution is advisable and it is necessary to to lock before time, with the possibility of contact Fiat Dealership. skidding. The display will show the dedicated mes- Drive with the utmost care to the near- est Fiat Dealership to have the system The presence of water in the sage. checked. fuel circuit may cause serious damage to the entire injection The display will show the dedicated mes- system and cause irregular en- sage. gine operation. If the warning light c turns on (together with the message on the display), contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible to have the system re- lieved. If the above indications come on immediately after refuelling, water has probably been poured into the tank: turn the engine off immediately and contact Fiat Dealership.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, CAR PROTECTION Alarm failure (where provided) EXTERNAL LIGHT Y SYSTEM FAILURE-FIAT The turning on of the warning light indi- FAILURE (amber)CODE (amber) cates a failure in the alarm system. Con- W The warning light turns on ALARM FAILURE tact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible. when one of the following lights (where provided) (amber) The display will show the dedicated mes- is failing: BREAK-IN ATTEMPT sage. ❒ side/taillights (amber) Break-in attempt ❒ brake lights or relevant fuse Car protection system failure The turning on of the warning light indi- ❒ rear fog lights cates an attempt of break-in. Contact Fi- ❒ direction indicators Turning the key to MAR the warning light at Dealership as soon as possible. shall flash only once and then go off. ❒ number plate lights. The display will show the dedicated mes- The turning on of the warning light glow- sage. The failure referring to these lights could ing steadily, with the ignition key at MAR, be: one or more blown bulbs, a blown indicates a probable failure (see “Fiat Code protection fuse or an electric connection system” in section “Dashboard and con- cut-off. trols”). The display will show the dedicated mes- IMPORTANT The turning on at the same sage. time of the U and Y warning lights in- dicates a failure of the Fiat CODE system. If with the engine running the warning light REAR FOG LIGHTS Y flashes (together with the message on (amber) the display), this means that the car is not 4 protected by the engine immobilising de- The warning light turns on vice (see “Fiat Code system” in section when the rear fog lights are “Dashboard and controls”). Contact Fiat turned on. Dealership to have all the keys memo- rised. FRONT FOG LIGHTS 5 (green) The warning light turns on when the front fog lights are turned on. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, LEFT-HAND DIRECTION Follow me home POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE F INDICATOR The warning light turns on when activat- ON THE ROAD(green - intermittent) ing the “Follow me home” device (see sec- The outside temperature indication starts The warning light turns on when tion “Dashboard and controls”). The dis- flashing and symbol ❄ appears on the dis- the direction indicator stalk is moved play will show the dedicated message. play when the outside temperature reach- downwards or, together with the right in- es or falls below 3°C to warn the driver dicator, when the hazard warning light of the possible presence of ice on the button is pressed. road. MAIN BEAMS (blue) The display will show the dedicated mes- 1 The warning light turns on sage. when the main beams are RIGHT-HAND turned on. LIMITED RANGE

D DIRECTION INDICATOR(green - intermittent) The display will show the dedicated mes-sage to warn the driver that the cruising

The warning light turns on when range is less than 50 km. the direction indicator stalk is moved up- wards or, together with the left indicator, CRUISE CONTROL ASR SYSTEM when the hazard warning light button is Ü (where provided) (green) pressed. Turning the ignition key to The ASR system can be turned off by MAR the warning light turns on, pressing the ASR button. The display will but it should go off after few seconds. show the dedicated message to warn thedriver that the system is off; at the same The warning light turns on when turning time the button led will turn on.SIDELIGHTS AND the Cruise Control knurled ring to ON. LOW BEAMS (green) Pressing again the ASR button will turn off3 The display will show the dedicated mes- the button led and the display will show FOLLOW ME HOME sage. the dedicated message to warn the dri- ver that the system is active again. Side/taillights and low beams The warning light turns on when side/tail- SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED lights, parking lights or low beams are The warning light turns on when the car turned on. exceeds the speed limit set previously (see “Multifunction Display” in section “Dash- board and controls”). The display will show the dedicated message.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

IN AN EMERGENCY

ENGINE STARTING... 170 IF A TYRE IS PUNCTURED ... 171 QUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT FIX & GO automatic ... 177 WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB ... 181 IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT ... 184 IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT... 192 IF A FUSE BLOWS ... 196 IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT ... 205 JACKING THE CAR ... 206 TOWING THE CAR ... 206 FIRE EXTINGUISHER ... 208 INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

ENGINE STARTING WARNING

Do not carry out this proce- JUMP STARTING dure if you lack experience; if it is not done correctly it can cause If the battery is flat, it is possible to start very intense electrical discharges. In the engine using an auxiliary battery with addition, the fluid contained in the the same capacity or a little higher than battery is poisonous and corrosive. the flat one. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. You Proceed as follows fig. 1: are also advised not to put naked fig. 1 F0C0194m flames or lighted cigarettes near the ❒ Connect positive terminals (+ near the battery and not to cause sparks. terminal) of the two batteries with a jump lead; IMPORTANT Do not directly connect the negative terminals of the two batteries: ❒ With a second lead, connect the nega- sparks could ignite the flammable gas from tive terminal (–) of the auxiliary battery the battery. If the other battery is fitted in and to an earthing point E on the en- another car, prevent accidental contacts BUMP STARTING gine or the gearbox of the car to be between the metal parts of the two cars. started; Never bump start the engine (by pushing, towing, or coasting downhill) as this could ❒ Start the engine; cause fuel to flow into the catalytic ex- ❒ When the engine has been started, re- haust system and damage it beyond repair. move the leads reversing the order IMPORTANT Remember that the servo- above. brake and electrical power steering sys- If after a few attempts the engine does not Under no circumstances tem are not operating until the engine is start, do not insist but contact the near- should a battery charger be started, a greater effort will therefore be est Fiat Dealership. used to start the engine: it required to press the brake pedal or turn could damage the electronic the steering wheel. systems and in particular the ignition and injection control units.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

IF A TYRE IS WARNING WARNING PUNCTURED The space-saver spare wheel When driving with a space-

(where provided) is specific saver spare wheel fitted, the to your car, do not use it on other driving performance of the car GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS models, or use the spare wheel of oth- changes. Avoid accelerating or brak- Wheel changing and correct use of the er models on your car. The space- ing sharply, abrupt turns or fast cor- jack and space-saver spare wheel call for saver spare wheel shall only be used nerings. The life of the spare wheel some precautions as listed below. in an emergency. It shall only be used is approx. 3000 Km, after this dis- for the distance necessary to reach a tance it should be replaced with an- IMPORTANT If the car is fitted with “Fix service point and the car speed shall other of the same type. Never at- & Go (quick tyre repair kit)”, see the rel- not exceed 80 Km/h. The spare wheel tempt to fit a conventional tyre on a evant instructions in the following chap- has an orange sticker that summaris- rim designed for use as a space-saver ter. es the main cautions for use and lim- spare wheel. Have the punctured itations. The sticker should never be wheel repaired and refitted as soon removed or covered. Never fit a wheel as possible. Two or more space-saver cap on a space-saver spare wheel. spare wheels should never be used to- The sticker gives the following infor- gether. Do not grease the threads of

WARNING mation in four languages: caution! For bolts before installing them: they

temporary use only! 80 km/h max! might slip out. Alert other drivers that the Replace by normal wheel as soon as car is stationary in compli- possible. Do not cover this label. ance with local regulations: hazard warning lights, warning triangle, etc. Any passengers on board should leave the car, especially if it is heavily laden. Passengers should stay away from on- coming traffic while the wheel is be- ing changed. If parked on a slope or rough surface, chock the wheels with wedges or other suitable devices to prevent the car from rolling. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

WARNING WARNING

The jack shall only be used Fasten the wheel cap cor- for changing wheels on the rectly to prevent the wheel car with which it is provided or on from coming free in motion. Never cars of the same model. It must not tamper with the inflation valve. Nev- be used for other purposes such as for er place tools between the rim and instance raising cars of other models. tyre. Check and restore, if required, In no case should it be used for repairs the pressure of tyres and spare wheel under the car. Incorrect positioning to the values given in section “Tech- of the jack may cause the jacked car nical specifications”. fig. 2 F0C0084m to fall. Do not use the jack for high- er capacities than stated on its label. Snow chains cannot be fitted to the To change a wheel proceed as follows: space-saver spare wheel. So, if a front ❒ Stop the car is a position that is not (drive) wheel is punctured and chains dangerous for oncoming traffic where are needed, a rear wheel should be you can change the wheel safely. The fitted to the front of the car and the ground should be flat and adequately spare wheel should be fitted to the Please note: firm; turn the engine off and pull up the rear. This way with two normal dri- ❒ the jack weight is 1,76 kg; the jack re- handbrake; engage first gear or reverse; ve wheels, snow chains can be fitted quires no adjustment; the jack cannot use the handle A-fig. 2 to remove the to them to solve an emergency. be repaired: if it breaks it must be re- piece of stiff cover B (saloon versions) placed with a new genuine jack; no tool or C-fig. 3 (Multi Wagon versions); other than its cranking device may be loosen the clamping device E-fig. 4; fitted on the jack.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, fig. 3 F0C0368m fig. 5 F0C03963m ❒ take out the tool container F-fig. 4 and take it near to the wheel to be changed; take out the space-saver spare wheel G; remove the wheel cap H-fig. 5 (ver- sions with steel rims), or remove the wheel hub cap (versions with alloy rims); fig. 4 F0C0392m INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, fig. 6 F0C0394m ❒ using the wrench provided L-fig. 6 loosen the fastening bolts by about one turn; if the car is fitted with alloy rims, shake the car to facilitate removing this fig. 7 F0M0395m rim from the wheel hub; ❒ work the jack crank M-fig. 7 to extend ❒ warn anybody nearby that the car is ❒ undo the wheel bolts and remove the it until the groove N on the upper part about to be lifted. They must stay clear wheel. of the jack is correctly inserted on the and not touch the car until it is back on lower profile P of the body in point Q the ground; ❒ make sure the contact surfaces be- (at approx. 72 cm from the front wheel tween spare wheel and hub are clean centre or 75 cm from rear wheel cen- ❒ fit the handle R-fig. 7 to operate the so that the fastening bolts will not come tre); jack and raise the car until the wheel loose; is a few centimetres from the ground;

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, ❒ Using the wrench provided, tighten the fastening bolts; ❒ Lower the car and remove the jack; ❒ Using the wrench provided, fully tight- en the bolts in the sequence shown in fig. 9; ❒ Place the cap near the wheel so that the inflation valve can come through the fig. 8 F0C0396m fig. 9 F0C0397m slot provided on the cap; ❒ Press the circumference of the cap, ❒ install the space-saver spare wheel REFITTING THE STANDARD starting from the parts nearest the in- matching the holes S-fig. 8 with the WHEEL flation valve until it is inserted com- corresponding pins T; pletely. Following the procedure described previ- ❒ using the wrench provided, fully tight- ously, raise the car and remove the spare IMPORTANT Incorrect fitting may cause en the four fastening bolts; wheel. the wheel cap to come off when the car is travelling. ❒ work the jack handle R-fig.7 to lower the car and remove the jack; Versions with steel rims ❒ using the wrench provided, tighten up Proceed as follows: the wheel bolts in a criss-cross fashion ❒ Make sure the contact surfaces be- following the sequence shown in fig. 9. tween standard wheel and hub are clean so that the fastening bolts will not come loose; ❒ Fit the normal wheel matching the holes S-fig. 8 with the corresponding pins T; INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, When you have finished ❒ Stow the space-saver spare wheel G- fig. 11 in the space provided in the boot; ❒ Insert the partially open jack into the container F and force it slightly into its seat so that it does not vibrate when the car is moving; fig. 10 F0C0217m ❒ Put the tools back into their places in the container; Versions with alloy rims ❒ Stow the container complete with tools on the spare wheel and secure every- Proceed as follows: thing with the clamping device E; ❒ Tighten the pin A-fig. 10 in one of the ❒ Correctly reposition the boot stiff cov- fastening bolt holes on the wheel hub; er. ❒ Insert the wheel on the pin and, using the wrench provided, tighten the four bolts available. This is facilitated by the extension provided B; F0C0392m ❒ Loosen the pin A and tighten the last fig. 11 fastening bolt; ❒ Lower the car and remove the jack; ❒ Using the wrench provided, fully tight- en the bolts in the sequence shown previously for the space-saver spare wheel (see fig. 9).

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

QUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT FIX & GO

automatic The quick tyre repair kit Fix & Go auto- matic is located in the appropriate con- tainer in the boot . The quick tyre repair kit includes fig. 12: F0C0510m F0C0511m ❒ bottle A containing sealer and fitted fig. 12 fig. 13 with: ❒ compressor D including gauge and con- – filler hose B nections In the event of a puncturecaused by foreign bodies, it is – sticker C with caution “max. 80 ❒ a pair of protection gloves located in possible to repair tyres show- km/h”, to be affixed in a visible posi- the side space of the compressor ing damages on the track or tion for the driver (instrument panel) shoulder up to max 4 mm diameter. after repairing the tyre ❒ adapters for inflating different elements. ❒ instruction brochure (see fig. 13), to be used for prompt and proper use of the quick repair kit and to be then handed to the personnel charged with WARNING WARNING handling the treated tyre Hand the instruction Holes and damages on the brochure to the personnel tyre side walls cannot be re- charged with treating the tyre re- paired. Do not use the quick tyre re- paired with the kit. pair kit if damaging is due to running with flat tyre. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

WARNING WARNING

Repairs are not possible in The cylinder contains ethyl- case of damages on the ene glycol. The cylinder con- wheel rim (bad groove distortion tains latex: it can cause allergic re- causing air loss). Do not remove for- actions. It is harmful if ingested or in- eign bodies (screws or nails) from the haled and irritant for the eyes and in tyre. case of contact. In case of contact rinse immediately with water and take off contaminated clothes. If swallowed, do not induce vomit, rinse fig. 14 F0C0513mIT SHOULD BE NOTICED THAT: out the mouth, drink a lot of water The sealing fluid of the quick tyre repair and call the doctor immediately. kit is effective with external temperatures Keep away from children. This prod- INFLATING PROCEDURE between –20 °C and +50 °C. uct must not be used by asthmatics. Do not inhale vapours. Call the doc- tor immediately in case of allergic re- actions. Keep the cylinder in the

WARNING WARNINGspace provided for the purpose and

The compressor shall not be far from heat. The sealing fluid has Put on the protection gloves operated for more than 20 limited life. Replace the cylinder if provided together with quick minutes. Risk of overheating!. Tyres sealer has run out. tyre repair kit. repaired with the quick tyre repair kit shall be used temporarily only. ❒ Pull up the handbrake. Loosen tyre inflation valve cap, take out the filler hose A-fig. 14 and screw the ring nut B on the tyre valve; Do not throw away the cylin- der and the sealing fluid. Have the sealing fluid and the cylinder disposed of in com- pliance with national and local regu- lations.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, ❒ If reaching the tyre pressure specified in paragraph “Cold tyre inflation pres- sure” in section “Technical Specifica- tions”, start driving immediately;

WARNING

Apply the sticker in a visible position for the driver to in- fig. 15 F0C0515m fig. 16 F0C0516m dicate that the tyre has been treat- ed with the quick tyre repair kit. Dri- ❒ make sure the compressor switch E- ❒ If after 5 minutes it is still impossible ve carefully especially when corner- fig. 16 is set to 0 (off), start the en- to reach at least 1.5 bar, disengage com- ing. Do not exceed 80 km/h. Avoid gine and fit plug D-fig. 15 into the cig- pressor from valve and current outlet, heavy braking and accelerating. ar lighter outlet and then turn on the then move the car forth for approx. ten compressor by setting switch E-fig. 16 metres in order to distribute the seal- to I (on). Inflate the tyre to the pres- ing fluid inside the tyre evenly, then re- sure specified in paragraph “Cold tyre peat the inflation operation; inflation pressure” in section “Techni- ❒ after driving for about 10 minutes stop cal Specifications”. Check tyre pressure ❒ If after this operation it is still impossi- and check again the tyre pressure; pull on gauge F-fig. 16 with compressor off ble after 5 minutes to reach at least 1.8 up the handbrake; to obtain precise reading; bar, do not start driving since the tyreis excessively damaged and the quick tyre repair kit cannot guarantee suit- able sealing, contact Fiat Dealership; WARNING If the pressure falls below 1.8 bars, do not drive any fur- ther: the quick tyre repair kit Fix & Go automatic cannot guarantee proper hold because the tyre is too much damaged. Contact Fiat Dealership. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, ❒ if at least 1.8 bar pressure is read, re- store proper pressure (with engine running and handbrake on) and restart; ❒ drive with the utmost care to the near- est Fiat Dealership. fig. 17 F0C0517m fig. 18 F0C0512m

WARNING

It is of vital importance to FOR CHECKING AND CYLINDER REPLACEMENT communicate that the tyre RESTORING PRESSURE ONLY PROCEDURE has been repaired using the quick tyre repair kit. Hand the instruction The compressor can be also used just for To replace the cylinder proceed as fol- brochure to the personnel charged restoring pressure. Disconnect the quick lows: with treating the tyre repaired with connection and connect it directly to the the kit. tyre valve fig. 17; in this way the cylinder ❒ disconnect connection B-fig. 18; is not connected to compressor and the ❒ turn counter-clockwise the cylinder to sealing fluid will not flow into the tyre. replace and raise it; ❒ fit the new cylinder and turn it clock- wise; ❒ connect connection B to the cylinder and fit the transparent tube A into the proper space.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

WHEN NEEDING TO Halogen bulbs must be han- WARNING CHANGE A BULB dled touching only the metal- Due to high voltage, the bulb

lic part. If the transparent bulb of (Xenon) gas-discharge is touched with the fingers, its headlights must only be replaced by GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS lighting intensity is reduced and life of experts: danger of death! Contact Fi- ❒ When a light is not working, check that the bulb may be compromised. If at Dealership. the corresponding fuse is intact before touched accidentally, rub the bulb with changing a bulb. For the location of fus- a cloth moistened with alcohol and al- es, refer to the paragraph “If a fuse low to dry. blows” in this section; ❒ Before changing a bulb check the con- tacts for oxidation; Burnt bulbs must be replaced by oth- WARNING IMPORTANT The headlight inner surface ❒ may be lightly misted over: this is not a ers of the same type and power; Modifications or repairs to fault but a natural fact due to low tem- the electrical system (elec- ❒ Always check the height of the head- perature and the level of air humidity. Ittronic control units) carried out in- light beam after changing a bulb. will disappear as soon the headlights arecorrectly and without bearing the fea- turned on. The presence of drops inside tures of the system in mind can cause the headlights means water infiltration, malfunctions with the risk of fire. therefore contact Fiat Dealership.

WARNING

Halogen bulbs contain pres- surised gas which, if broken, may cause small fragments of glass to be projected outwards. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, TYPES OF BULBS fig. 19 C Tubular bulbs: free them from Various types of bulbs are fitted to your their contacts to remove. car: D-E Halogen bulbs: to remove the bulb, A All glass bulbs: these are pressed on. release the clip holding the bulb in Pull to remove. place. B Bayonet type bulbs: press the bulb, F Gas-discharge bulbs (Xenon). turn counterclockwise to remove this type of bulb from its holder. fig. 19 F0C0391m

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Bulbs Figure 19 Type Power Main beam headlights E H1 55W Longlife dipped beam headlights D H7 55W Dipped beam headlights D H7 55W Gas-discharge low beam headlights (where provided) F D2R 35W Front sidelights (2 per headlight) longlife A W5W 5W Front fog lights (where provided) E H1 55W Front direction indicators B PY21W 21W Side direction indicators A WY5W 5W Rear direction indicators B P21W 21W Taillights (3-door versions) B W5W 5W Taillights/Rear fog lights (5-door versions) B P4/21W 4W/21W Taillights/Brake lights (Multi Wagon versions) B P21/5W 21W/5W Taillights (Multi Wagon versions) (side fixed light unit) B P21W 21W Taillights (Multi Wagon versions) (tailgate light unit) B R5W 5W Brake lights (3-door versions) B P21W 21W Third brake light (additional brake light) A W2,3W 2,3W Reversing light B P21W 21W Rear fog lights B P21W 21W Number plate light (saloon versions) A W5W 5W Number plate light (Multi Wagon versions) C C5W 5W Puddle/door lights A W5W 5W Front roof light C C5W 5W Rear roof light (where provided) C C10W 10W Glovebox light C C5W 5W Boot light A W5W 5W Courtesy mirror light (where provided) C C5W 5W INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT

For the type of bulb and power rating, see “When needing to change a bulb”. FRONT LIGHT UNITS fig. 20-21 The front light units contain the sidelights, fig. 20 F0C0435m fig. 21 F0C0436m dipped beam, main beam, direction indi- cator and front fog light bulbs. To change the bulbs of the sidelights, di- The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit rection indicators, low beams and fog After replacement, refit the as follows: lights it is necessary to remove the cover covers correctly checking thatthey are properly secured. A direction indicators / fog lights (where C releasing the catch D. provided)/sidelights / dipped beam To change the bulbs of main beams and headlights sidelights, remove the cover E operating B sidelights / main beam headlights. the device F.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, ❒ fit the new bulb, making the tabs of the metallic part coincide with the grooves on the reflector, reconnect the electri- cal connector B then hook the bulb holder catch A; ❒ refit the protective cover correctly. fig. 22 F0C0178m F0C0179mGas-discharge lamps (Xenon) fig. 23 (where provided) DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS fig. 23 fig. 22 To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

WARNING

Gas-filled filament lamps Due to high voltage, the bulb ❒ remove the protective cover releasing of (Xenon) gas-discharge the catch;To change the bulb, proceed as follows: headlights must only be replaced by ❒ release the bulb holder catch A; ❒ remove the protective cover releasing experts: danger of death! Contact Fi- the catch; at Dealership. ❒ disconnect the electric connector B; remove the bulb C and replace it; ❒ release the bulb holder catch A; ❒ fit the new bulb, making the tabs of the ❒ disconnect the electric connector B; metallic part coincide with the grooves remove the bulb C and replace it; on the reflector, reconnect the electri- cal connector B then hook the bulb holder catch A; ❒ refit the protective cover correctly. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, fig. 24 F0C0177m fig. 25 F0C0212m fig. 26 F0C0176m DIRECTION INDICATORS Side fig. 25 FRONT FOG LIGHTS To change the bulb, proceed as follows: (where provided) fig. 26 Front fig. 24 ❒ push the transparent cover A towards To change the bulb, proceed as follows: To change the bulb, proceed as follows: car running direction to compress the ❒ remove the protective cover releasing ❒ remove the protective cover releasing catch; the catch; the catch; ❒ remove the unit; ❒ release the bulb holder catch A; ❒ turn the bulb holder A counterclock- ❒ turn the bulb holder B counterclock- wise and remove it; ❒ disconnect the electric connector B;wise, remove the snap-fitted bulb C and ❒ remove the bulb B pushing it gently and replace it; ❒ remove the bulb C and replace it; turning counterclockwise; ❒ refit the bulb holder B in the transpar- ❒ fit the new bulb, making the tabs of the ❒ replace the bulb and then refit the bulb ent cover, then position the unit mak- metallic part coincide with the grooves holder turning it clockwise, checking ing sure the catch clicks into place. on the reflector, reconnect the electri- that it is secured correctly; cal connector B then hook the bulbholder catch A; ❒ refit the protective cover correctly. ❒ refit the protective cover correctly.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, fig. 27 F0C0175m fig. 28 F0C0180m fig. 29 F0C0388m FRONT SIDELIGHTS REAR LIGHT UNITS To replace the bulbs proceed as follows: (saloon versions) ❒ remove the protective cover A and C- To change the bulb, proceed as follows: fig. 27 releasing catch B and D re- ❒ open the tailgate; spectively; ❒ from inside the boot, withdraw the ❒ using the extension A-fig. 28 or D- connector A-fig. 30, loosen the 3 nuts fig. 29, turn the bulb holder B-fig. 28 B with the extension (where provided) or E-fig. 29 clockwise and counter- used to tighten the wheel bolts (sup- clockwise and then withdraw it; plied with the tool kit) and remove the fig. 30 F0C0208m ❒ remove the bulb C-fig. 28 or F-fig. 29 light unit. and replace it; IMPORTANT When subwoofer is locat- ❒ refit the bulb holder making sure the ed on the left side of the boot, to replace catch clicks into place; also check the the rear light cluster contact Fiat Dealer- proper bulb positioning looking at the ship. lamp from outside; ❒ refit the protective cover correctly. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, 5-door versions To change the bulb, proceed as follows: ❒ unloose the 4 screws A-fig. 32 and re- move the bulb holder; ❒ remove bulbs slightly pushing them and turning counterclockwise. The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit as follows: fig. 31 F0C0181m fig. 32 F0C0182m B: taillights; 3-door versions The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit C: direction indicators; To change the bulb, proceed as follows: as follows: D: taillights/rear fog lights; ❒ press lamp holder catches A-fig. 31 B: taillights; E: reversing lights. outwards and remove it; C: direction indicators; ❒ remove bulbs slightly pushing them and D: rear fog lights; turning counterclockwise. E: reversing lights; F: taillights.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, fig. 33 F0C0425m fig. 34 F0C0426m fig. 35 F0C0417m REAR LIGHT UNITS ❒ push the bulb holder side tabs A- The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit (Multi Wagon versions) fig. 35 inwards to remove it; as follows: ❒ remove bulbs slightly pushing them and B: taillights; Tailgate light unit turning counterclockwise. C: reversing lights; To change the bulb, proceed as follows: D: rear fog lights. ❒ open the tailgate; ❒ push down cover A-fig. 33 and re- move electric connectorB-fig. 34; INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, fig. 36 F0C0360m fig. 37 F0C0361m fig. 38 F0C0419m Side fixed light unit ❒ remove the electric connector D; The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit To change the bulb, proceed as follows: push the bulb holder side tabs A- as follows:❒ ❒ open the tailgate; fig. 38 inwards to remove it; B: taillights/brake lights; ❒ turn the handle A-fig. 36 to open the ❒ remove bulbs slightly pushing them and C: direction indicators. door B; turning counterclockwise. ❒ hold the tongue C-fig. 37 and open the door for the rear light unit access;

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, ADDITIONAL BRAKING LIGHT (THIRD STOP) IMPORTANT To replace the additional braking lights (third stop) contact a Fiat Dealership. fig. 39 F0C0411m fig. 40 F0C0367m NUMBER PLATE LIGHTS Multi Wagon versions fig. 40 To change the bulb, proceed as follows: Saloon versions fig. 39 ❒ use the screwdriver supplied with the To change the bulb, proceed as follows: car to remove the transparent cover A ❒ work in the points shown by the arrow as shown in the figure; and slacken the 2 cover fastening ❒ change the bulb B releasing it from the screws A; side contacts and making sure the new ❒ change the bulb B releasing it from the bulb is correctly fastened between the side contacts and making sure the new contacts; bulb is correctly fastened between the ❒ refit the transparent cover. contacts; ❒ refit the cover. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT

For the type of bulb and power rating, see “When needing to change a bulb”. FRONT CEILING LIGHT Versions without Skywindow sunroof fig. 41 F0C0201m fig. 43 F0C0253m To change the bulb, proceed as follows: ❒ press the catches A-fig. 41 and with- draw the plastic cover B; ❒ slacken the 2 fastening screws A- fig. 42, then turn the 2 bulb holders B counterclockwise; ❒ remove the bulbs and replace them. To replace bulb C-fig. 42, release it from the side contacts making sure that the F0C0202m F0C0398m new bulb is correctly clamped between fig. 42 fig. 44 the contacts. Versions with Skywindow sunroof ❒ disconnect electric connectors B- To change the bulbs, proceed as follows: fig. 44 and C; ❒ remove the front ceiling light A- fig. 43 pressing the plastic cover as shown by the arrows

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, fig. 45 F0C0202m fig. 47 F0C0227m fig. 48 F0C0229m REAR CEILING LIGHT Versions with Skywindow sunroof (where provided) Versions with Skywindow sunroof are fit- ted with two rear ceiling lights. Versions without Skywindow sunroof To replace the bulbs proceed as follows: To change the bulb, proceed as follows: ❒ using the screwdriver provided in the kit, remove the cover A-fig. 47 in the ❒ remove the light unit A-fig. 46 lever- point shown by the arrow; ing in the points shown by the arrows fig. 46 F0C0204m (on retaining tabs); ❒ replace the bulb B-fig. 48 releasing it from the side contacts making sure that ❒ replace the bulbs B releasing them from the new bulb is correctly clamped be- ❒ slacken the 2 fastening screws A- the side contacts making sure that the tween the contacts. fig. 45, then turn the 2 bulb holders B new bulb is correctly clamped between counterclockwise, remove the bulbs the contacts. and replace them. To replace bulb C, release it from the side contacts mak- ing sure that the new bulb is correctly clamped between the contacts. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, fig. 49 F0C0423m fig. 50 F0C0424m fig. 51 F0C0205m COURTESY MIRROR LIGHT ❒ replace the bulb C-fig. 50 releasing GLOVEBOX LIGHT fig. 51 (where provided) it from the side contacts making sure that the new bulb is correctly To change the bulb, proceed as follows: To change the bulb, proceed as follows: clamped between the contacts. ❒ open the glovebox, then remove the ❒ open the mirror cover A-fig. 49; light unit A; ❒ remove the bulb B levering in the ❒ replace the bulb B releasing it from the points shown by the arrows; side contacts making sure that the new bulb is correctly clamped between the contacts.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, fig. 52 F0C0221m fig. 53 F0C0097m fig. 54 F0C0206m BOOT LIGHT ❒ refit the light unit A-fig. 52 inserting PUDDLE / DOOR LIGHTS fig. 54 To change the bulb, proceed as follows: it in its correct position firstly on oneend and then on the other until it clicks To change the bulb, proceed as follows: ❒ open the tailgate; into place. ❒ open the door and remove the trans- remove the bulb A-fig. 52 levering in parent cover A levering in the point❒ the points shown by the arrow. shown by the arrow; ❒ open the protection B-fig. 53 and re- ❒ open the protection B and replace the place the snap-fitted bulb; snap-fitted bulb; re-close the protective cover B on the ❒ re-close the protective cover B on the❒ lens; transparent cover A. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

IF A FUSE BLOWS WARNING

If a general fuse (MEGA- GENERAL FUSE, MIDI-FUSE, MAXI- FUSE) cuts in, do not attempt any re- The fuse is a protective device for the pair and contact a Fiat Dealership. electric system: it comes into action (i.e. Before replacing a fuse, make sure it cuts off) mainly due to a fault or im- the ignition key has been removed proper action on the system. and that all the other services are When a device does not work, check the switched off and/or disengaged. efficiency of its fuse: the conductor ele- fig. 55 F0C0220m ment A- fig. 55 must be intact. If not, re- place the fuse with one of the same amp rating (same colour).

WARNING

B: undamaged fuse Never replace a fuse withmetal wires or anything else. If a fuse blows again, contact C: fuse with damaged filament. a Fiat Dealership. To replace a fuse, use the pliers D hooked to the fusebox on the dashboard.

WARNING

Never replace a fuse with another with a higher amp rating, DANGER OF FIRE.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, FUSE LOCATION Fuse box on the dashboard fig. 57 Fuses are grouped into four fuse boxes, to To gain access to the fuses in the fuse box be found respectively on the dashboard, on the dashboard, open lid A-fig. 56. on the battery positive pole, next to the battery and in the boot (left-hand side). Certain versions are also fitted with a sin- gle fuse set inside the engine compartment fuse box. fig. 56 F0C0193m fig. 57 F0C0266m INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

Fuse box next to the battery fig. 59 To gain access to the fuse box and to the

single fuse next to the battery, press the retainers A-fig. 58 and remove the pro- tection cover B. fig. 58 F0C0498m fig. 59 F0C0151m

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Fuse box on the battery positive pole fig. 61 To gain access to the fuses in the fuse box on the battery positive pole press the re- tainers A-fig. 60 and remove the protec- tion cover B. fig. 60 F0C0499m fig. 61 F0C0152m INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, fig. 62 F0C0254m fig. 63 F0C0360m fig. 64 F0C0362m Fuse box in the boot fig. 65 Saloon versions To gain access to the fuses in the fuse box on the left side of the boot, open lid A- fig. 62 as shown in the figure. Multi Wagon versions To gain access to the fuses in the fuse box on the left side of the boot, proceed as fol- lows: ❒ turn the knob A-fig. 63 and open the lid B; ❒ hold the tab C-fig. 64 to open the sec- ond lid D and gain access to the fuse box. fig. 65 F0C0531m

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, FUSE SUMMARY TABLE LIGHTS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE Right dipped beam headlight F12 15 57 Left dipped beam headlight F13 15 57 Right main beam headlight F14 10 59 Left main beam headlight F15 10 59 Front fog lights F30 15 59 Brake light/third stop light F37 7.5 57 Reversing light F31 7.5 57 Front/rear ceiling light/s F32 10 57 Door/puddle lights F32 10 57 +30 rear fog lights F53 7.5 57 RH/LH headlight fuse boxes (versions with gas-discharge headlights) F37 7.5 57 COMPONENTS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE Selespeed transmission pump (2.420V versions) F05 (MAXI-FUSE) 30 59 Ignition switch F03 (MAXI-FUSE) 20 59 Headlight aiming device F13 15 57 Climate control compressor F19 7.5 59 Anti-pollution sensor (versions with automatic two-zone climate control system)/headlight washer relay coil/ Body Computer/Climate control system fan F31 7.5 57 Powered door mirrors control (movement, ideograph lighting) F51 7.5 57 INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, COMPONENTS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE + 30 Sound system/Connect-Navigator/ Heating-climate control unit/EOBD system diagnostic socket/ Volumetric-antiraising sensors/Alarm siren/ Bluetooth system control unit F39 10 57 Rear window wiper seat warming relay coil F52 15 57 Left rear power window F33 20 57 Right rear power window F34 20 57 Rear heated window F40 30 57 Windscreen wiper/washer/rear window washer F43 30 57 Passenger compartment current outlet (saloon versions)/Current outlet (MultiWagon versions)/Cigar lighter F44 20 57 Door mirror demisting device/heated window nozzles F41 7.5 57 Cruise Control F35 7.5 57 Electric power steering control unit F02 (MAXI-FUSE) 70 59 Engine compartment control unit F70 (MEGA-FUSE) 150 61 Dashboard control unit F71 (MIDI-FUSE) 70 61 +30 door electronic control unit (door lock actuators, dead lock, boot, rear heated window)/Trailer control unit, if any F36 20 57 Free F38 – 57 Headlight washer F09 20 59 Primary services (electronic injection) F17 10 59 Secondary services (electronic injection) F11 15 59 Water in diesel fuel filter sensor (Multijet versions)/ flow meter (Multijet versions) F35 7.5 57

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

COMPONENTS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE

Front power window on driver side F47 20 57 Front power window on passenger side F48 20 57 Signal from switch on brake pedal for electronic control units F35 7.5 57 Instrument panel (key-operated positive) F37 7.5 57 Instrument panel (+30) F53 7.5 57 ABS / ASR / ESP control unit (yawing sensor with ESP) F42 7.5 57 ABS / ASR / ESP control unit F01 (MAXI-FUSE) 60 59 Air bag control unit/OCS sensor (versions with rear side bags) F50 7.5 57 +30 Electronic injection system F18 7.5 59 Dashboard control unit F72 (MIDI-FUSE) 60 61 Climate control fan F08 (MAXI-FUSE) 30 59 Radiator fan (low speed - versions 1.416V, 1.616V, 1.816V, Multijet) F06 (MAXI-FUSE) 30 59 Radiator fan (high speed - versions 1.416V, 1.616V, 1.816V, Multijet) F07 (MAXI-FUSE) 50 59 Fan and radiator (versions 2.420V) F06 (MAXI-FUSE) 60 59 Horn F10 15 59 Fuel pump F21 15 59 Electronic injection primary services (petrol versions) F22 15 59 INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, COMPONENTS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE Electronic injection system/Selespeed system (2.4 20V versions)/Radiator fan control unit (2.4 20V versions) (key-operated positive) F16 7.5 59 Skywindow sunroof curtain F45 20 57 Skywindow sunroof F46 20 57 Additional heater (Multijet versions) F73 (MIDI-FUSE) 50 61 Glow plug warming (Multijet versions) F04 (MAXI-FUSE) 50 59 Free F20 – 59 Electronic injection primary services (Multijet versions) F22 20 59 +30 Selespeed F23 15 59 Electric power steering (key-operated positive) F24 7.5 59 Radio external amplifier F54 25 65 Driver’s seat warming F57 10 65 Front passenger’s seat warming F67 10 65 Steering wheel controls, Connect/Navigator, Parking sensors, Rain/daylight sensor, Central console control panel, Heating/climate control unit, Bluetooth system control unit, Ideograph lighting, Set of switches for light control and menu access-setting, Volumetric and antiraising sensor deactivation buttons, Front ceiling light, Sunroof controls (key-operated positive) F49 7.5 57

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT Charge the battery as follows: WARNING

❒ disconnect battery negative terminal; The liquid contained in the IMPORTANT The battery charging pro- battery is poisonous and cor- cedure is described only for information ❒ connect the charger cables to the bat- rosive. Avoid contact with the skin or purposes. This operation should be car- tery terminals, observing the poles; eyes. The battery should be charged ried out by Fiat Dealership. ❒ turn on the charger; in a well ventilated place, away from Charging should be slow at a low amp rat- naked flames or possible sources of❒ when you have finished, turn the charg- ing for 24 hours. Charging for a longer sparks: danger of explosion and fire.er off before disconnecting the battery; time may damage the battery. ❒ reconnect battery negative terminal. IMPORTANT Where relevant, switch the electronic car alarm off with remote con- trol (see “Alarm” in section “Dashboard and controls”).

WARNING

Do not attempt to charge a frozen battery: it must first- ly be thawed, otherwise it may burst. If freezing has occurred, the battery should be checked by skilled person- nel to make sure that the internal el- ements are not damaged and that the body is not cracked, with the risk of leaking poisonous and corrosive acid. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

JACKING THE CAR TOWING THE CAR

If the car is to be lifted, go to a Fiat Deal- The tow ring provided with the car is ership which is equipped with the arm housed in the tool box under the boot hoist or workshop lift. mat. Jack up the car only by positioning the jack arms or the shop jack in the points shown TOW RING HOOKING in fig. 66. Proceed as follows: fig. 66 F0C0247m ❒ release the cap operating the tab A- fig. 67-68; ❒ take the tow hook B from its support; ❒ tighten the ring on the rear or front threaded pin.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, TOWING SELESPEED WARNING VERSIONS When towing, remember For versions with Selespeed gearbox, that without the help of the make sure that it is in neutral N checking servobrake and power steering, a that the car moves when pushed) and pro- greater effort is required on the ped- ceed as for towing a normal car with me- al and steering wheel. Do not use chanical gearbox following the instructions flexible cables for towing and avoid given previously. jerks. During towing operations make sure that fastening the joint to the car If setting to neutral is not possible, do not fig. 67 F0C0384m does not damage the components intow the car. Contact a Fiat Dealership. contact with it. When towing the car, you must comply with the specific traffic regulations regarding the tow ring and how to tow on the road.

WARNING

Before starting to tow, turn the ignition key to MAR and then to STOP. Do not remove the fig. 68 F0C0387m key. If the key is removed, the steer- ing lock engages automatically re- sulting in the impossibility to steer the WARNING wheels. Do not start the engine when towing the car. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

FIRE EXTINGUISHER

(where provided) It is located on the right side of the boot; position varies according to 3 fig. 69 or 5-door versions fig. 70. The fire extinguisher has a reference mark (5p❚ for 5-door versions or 3p❚ for 3- door versions) for the extinguisher cor- fig. 69 F0C0331m fig. 71 F0C0344mrect positioning on the retaining bracket. To use the fire extinguisher, proceed as follows: release the catch A-fig. 71 and open the tabs B. IMPORTANT In addition to the fire ex- tinguisher, it is also wise to keep a first-aid kit and a blanket in the car. fig. 70 F0C0343m

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD IINDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

CAR MAINTENANCE

SCHEDULED SERVICING ... 210 SERVICE SCHEDULE... 211 ANNUAL INSPECTION SCHEDULE... 213 ADDITIONAL CHECKS... 213 CHECKING FLUID LEVELS... 216 AIR FILTER ... 225 POLLEN FILTER ... 225 DIESEL FUEL FILTER ... 225 BATTERY... 226 WHEELS AND TYRES ... 229 RUBBER HOSES... 230 WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOW WIPERS... 231 BODYWORK... 233 INTERIORS ... 235 INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

SCHEDULED SERVICING IMPORTANT The Scheduled Servicing IMPORTANT You are advised to contact

coupons are specified by the Manufactur- Fiat Dealership in the event of any minor Correct maintenance is essential for en- er. The failure to have them carried out operating faults, without waiting for the suring long car life under the best condi- may invalidate the warranty. next service coupon. tions. Scheduled Servicing is performed by all Fi- If your car is used frequently for towing, This is why Fiat has programmed a series at Dealership, at pre-established times. the interval between one service coupon of checks and maintenance operations and the other must be reduced.If during each operation, in addition to the every 30.000 km. ones programmed, the need arises for fur- It is however important to remember that ther replacements or repairs, these may scheduled servicing does not completely be carried out only with the explicit agree- cover all the car’s requirements: also in ment of the Customer. the initial period before 30.000 km service coupon and later, between one coupon and another, ordinary care is still required such as for example routine check and topping up the level of fluids, tyre pressure check, etc...

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

SERVICE SCHEDULE

Thousands of km 30 60 90 120 150 180 Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if required ● ● ● ● ● ● Check light system operation (headlights, direction indicators, hazard lights, boot lights, passenger compartment lights, glovebox lights, warning lights, etc.) ● ● ● ● ● ● Check windscreen wiper/washer operation, adjust nozzles if required ● ● ● ● ● ● Check windscreen/rear window blade position/wear ● ● ● ● ● ● Check front disk brake pad conditions and wear and wear indicator operation ● ● ● ● ● ● Check rear disk brake pad conditions and wear ● ● ● ● ● ● Sight inspect the conditions of: body external parts, underbody protection, pipes and hoses (exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.) ● ● ● ● ● ● Check cleanness of locks, bonnet and boot and lever cleanness, and lubrication ● ● ● ● ● ● Check and top up, if required, fluid levels (brakes/hydraulic clutch, windscreen/rear window washer, battery, engine coolant, etc.) ● ● ● ● ● ● Check and adjust handbrake lever stroke, if required ● ● ● Sight inspect accessory drive belt conditions (excluding 1.616V version) ● ● Sight inspect accessory drive belt conditions (1.616V version) ● ● Check and adjust tappet clearance (1.9 Multijet 8V version) ● ● ● Check and adjust tappet clearance (1.6 16V only version) ● Check exhaust emissions (petrol versions) ● ● ● ● ● ● Check exhaust emissions/smoke (Multijet versions) ● ● ● ● ● ● 211 INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, Thousands of km 30 60 90 120 150 180 Check timing belt conditions (1.616V excluding version) ● ● Check timing belt conditions (1.616V version) ● ● Check engine control system operation (through diagnostic socket) ● ● ● ● ● ● Replace accessory drive belt/s (excluding 1.616V version) ● Replace accessory drive belt/s (1.616V version) ● Replace timing belt (excluding Multijet and 1.616V versions) (*) ● Replace timing belt (Multijet and 1.616V versions) (*) ● Change spark plugs (1.616V version) ● ● ● Change spark plugs (petrol versions - excluding 1.616V) ● ● ● ● ● ● Replace diesel fuel filter (Multijet versions) ● ● ● Replace air cleaner cartridge ● ● ● Change engine oil and oil filter (petrol versions) (or every year) ● ● ● ● ● ● Change engine oil and oil filter (Multijet versions without DPF) (or every 2 years) ● ● ● ● ● ● Change engine oil and oil filter (Multijet versions with DPF) (**) Change brake fluid (or every 2 years) ● ● ● Change pollen filter (or every year) ● ● ● ● ● ● (*) Regardless of the km covered, the timing belt shall be replaced every 3 years for particularly demanding use (cold climates, driving in the city, idling for a long time) or in any case every 5 years (**) Engine oil and oil filter shall be changed when the relevant warning light/message on the display turn on and in any case every 2 years.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

ANNUAL INSPECTION ❒ sight inspect the conditions of: engine, ADDITIONAL CHECKS SCHEDULE gearbox, transmission, pipes and hoses(exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts Every 1,000 km or before long journeys,

(boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.) fuel and For cars with an annual mileage of below check and top up if required:brake system hoses; 30.000 km (for example about 15.000 km) ❒ engine coolant fluid level; the following yearly inspection programme ❒ check cleanness of bonnet and boot is advised: locks, and lever cleanness and lubrica- ❒ brake fluid level; tion ❒ check tyre conditions/wear and adjust ❒ windscreen washer fluid level; pressure if required (including the ❒ check battery charge (by optical depth gauge); ❒ tyre pressure and conditions.space-saver spare wheel); ❒ check light system operation (head- ❒ visual check on various drive belt con- Every 3,000 km check and top up if re- quired: engine oil level. lights, direction indicators, hazard lights, ditions; boot lights, passenger compartment ❒ check and top up fluid levels (engine You are recommended to use FL Sele- lights, glovebox light, warning lights, coolant, brakes, windscreen washer, nia products, designed and produced etc.); battery, etc.); specifically for Fiat cars (see table “Ca-pacities” in section “Technical specifica- ❒ check windscreen wiper/washer oper- ❒ change engine oil and oil filter, if re- tions”). ation, adjust nozzles; quired (Multijet versions); ❒ check windscreen/rear window blade ❒ replace pollen filter. position/wear; ❒ check front disk brake pad conditions and wear; INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, IMPORTANT - Engine oil IMPORTANT - Engine oil IMPORTANT - Air cleaner (petrol and Multijet versions (Multijet versions with DPF) If the car is used on dusty roads change without DPF) Engine oil and oil filter shall be changed the air cleaner more frequently than the Should prevailing use of the car be under when the relevant warning light, togeth- indications in the “Service schedule”. one of the following specially heavy con- er with the message on the display, turn If in doubt as to how often the engine oil ditions: on (see section “Warning lights and mes- sages”) or in any case every 2 years. and air cleaner should be changed ac- ❒ trailer or caravan towing; cording to how you use the car, contact Should prevailing use of the car be in the a Fiat Dealership. ❒ dusty roads; city, engine oil will waste faster. ❒ short distances (less than 7-8 km) re- peated and with external temperatures below zero; ❒ frequently idling engines or long dis- Oil topping up, even signifi- tance low speed driving (e.g. taxis or cant ones, do not replace the door-to-door deliveries) or in case of engine oil change procedure a long term inactivity; required when warning light replace engine oil more frequently than v turns on. Engine oil shall be required on “Service schedule”. changed at a Fiat Dealership that willalso turn off the warning light on the instrument panel.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, IMPORTANT - Pollen filter IMPORTANT - Battery Car maintenance should be If the car is used frequently in dusty or The charge in the battery should be entrusted to Fiat Dealership. heavily polluted environments it is advis- checked at the start of winter to limit the For routine and minor main- able to replace the filtering element more risk of electrolyte freezing. tenance operations you wish frequently; in particular it should be re- to carry out yourself, always make sure placed if a reduction of the amount of air This check should be carried out more you have the proper equipment, gen- admitted to the passenger compartment frequently if the car is used mainly for uine Fiat spare parts and the necessary is noted. short trips, or if it is fitted with accessories fluids; do not however carry out thesethat permanently absorb electricity even operations if you have no experience. with the ignition key removed, especially IMPORTANT - Diesel filter in the case of after market accessories. If The possibility of topping up with diesel the car is used in hot climates or particu- fuel not complying with EN590 European larly harsh conditions it is wise to check Norm might make it necessary to replace the level of the battery fluid (electrolyte) the filter more frequently than indicated more frequently than specified in the “Ser- in the “Service Schedule”. vice schedule”. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

CHECKING FLUID LEVELS

IMPORTANT When topping up take care not to confuse the various types of fluids: they are all incompatible with one anoth- er and could seriously damage the car. IMPORTANT Never smoke while work- ing in the engine compartment; gas and in- flammable vapours may be present, with the risk of fire. F0C0500m fig. 1 - 1.416V version 1 Engine oil - 2 Battery - 3 Brake fluid - 4 Windscreen/rear window/headlight washer fluid - 5 Engine coolant F0C0518m fig. 2 - 1.616V version

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, 1 Engine oil - 2 Battery - 3 Brake fluid - 4 Windscreen/rear window/headlight washer fluid - 5 Engine coolant fig. 3 - 1.816V version F0C0502m 1 Engine oil - 2 Battery - 3 Brake fluid - 4 Windscreen/rear window/headlight washer fluid - 5 Engine coolant - 6 Sele- speed transmission oil (where provided) fig. 4 - 2.420V version F0C0503m INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, 1 Engine oil - 2 Battery - 3 Brake fluid - 4 Windscreen/rear window/headlight washer fluid - 5 Engine coolant fig. 5 - 1.9 Multijet versions F0C0504m8V 1 Engine oil - 2 Battery - 3 Brake fluid - 4 Windscreen/rear window/headlight washer fluid - 5 Engine coolant F0C0505m fig. 6 - 1.9 Multijet 16V versions

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, fig. 7 - 1.416V version F0C0103m fig. 8 - 1.816V version F0C0519m fig. 9 - 1.9 Multijet 8V version F0C0122m ENGINE OIL fig. 7-8-9-10-11-12 Topping up engine oil IMPORTANT If a routine check reveals If the oil level is near or even below the that the oil level is above the MAX mark, Checking engine oil MIN mark, add oil through the filler neck contact Fiat Dealership to have the cor-rect level restored. Check the oil level a few minutes (about B, until reaching the MAX mark. 5) after the engine has stopped, with the Oil level shall never exceed the MAX IMPORTANT After adding or changing car parked on level ground. mark. the oil, let the engine turn over for a fewseconds and wait a few minutes after turn- Remove the dipstick A and clean it, put ing it off before you check the level. it back in completely, remove it and check that the level is within the MIN and MAX marks on the dipstick. The interval be- tween the MIN and MAX marks corre- sponds to about one litre of oil. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, fig. 10 - 1.616V version F0C0231m fig. 11 - 2.420V version F0C0115m fig. 12 - 1.9 Multijet 16V version F0C0470m Engine oil consumption IMPORTANT The oil consumption de- WARNING Max engine oil consumption is usually 400 pends on driving style and the conditionsunder which the car is used. When the engine is hot, takegrams every 1000 km. care when working inside the When the car is new, the engine needs IMPORTANT Do not add oil with speci- engine compartment to avoid burns. to run in, therefore the engine oil con- fications other than that already in the en- Remember that when the engine is sumption can only be considered stabilised gine. hot, the fan may cut in: danger of in- after the first 5000 - 6000 km. jury. Scarves, ties and other looseclothing might be pulled by moving parts. Used engine oil and filter con- tain harmful substances for the environment. Contact Fi- at Dealership to have the oil and filter changed.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, ❒ if the oil is below the MAX mark, top up to reach the correct level; Used gearbox oil contains dangerous substances for the ❒ after refitting the cap, insert the environment. For changing breather tube firmly on the cap spout the oil we advise contacting and turn the ignition key to STOP. Fiat Dealership, which is equipped for IMPORTANT Do not add oil into the cir- disposing of used oil respecting the na- cuit tank having different specifications ture and the law. from that already existing. fig. 13 F0C0121m HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OIL FOR ACTUATING SELESPEED GEARBOX (where provided) fig. 13 The oil should be checked with the car on a level surface and with the engine stopped and cold. To check the level, proceed as follows: ❒ turn the ignition key to MAR; ❒ disconnect the breather tube and re- move the cap A checking that the lev- el corresponds with the MAX mark on the reservoir; INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, fig. 14 - 1.416V version F0C0520m fig. 15 - 1.416V - 1.816V - F0C0108m fig. 16 - 1.9 Multijet version F0C0469m 2.420V version ENGINE COOLANT FLUID WARNING fig. 14-15-16 The cooling system uses Do not remove the reservoir The coolant level shall be checked with PARAFLU UP antifreeze. Do cap when the engine is hot: cold engine and shall not be lower than not add fluid having different you risk scalding yourself. The cool- the MIN mark on the reservoir. specifications from that al- ing system is pressurised. If necessary, ready existing. PARAFLU UP cannot replace the cap only with another If the level is low, pour slowly a mixture be mixed with other types of fluids. genuine one, otherwise system effi- of 50% distilled water and 50% PARAFLU Should other fluids be added, do not ciency could be compromised. UP of the FL Selenia through the filler start the engine and contact Fiat Deal- neck A. ership as soon as possible. A 50-50 mixture of PARAFLU UP and distilled water gives freeze protection to –35°C.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

WARNING

Do not travel with the wind- screen washer reservoir emp- ty. The windscreen washer is funda- mental for improving visibility. fig. 17 F0C0106m fig. 18 - 1.9 Multijet version F0C0468m WINDSCREEN/REAR In case of temperatures below –20°C, use WARNING WINDOW/HEADLIGHT undiluted TUTELA PROFESSIONAL WASHER FLUID fig. 17-18 SC 35 fluid. Certain commercial addi-tives for windscreen washers To top up, open the cap A and then pour Check level through the reservoir. are inflammable. The engine com- a mixture of water and TUTELA PRO- For versions fitted with headlight wash- partment contains hot components FESSIONAL SC 35, in the following er, remove the filter and the relevant dip- which may set it on fire. concentrations: stick. Use the dipstick to check the fluid ❒ 30% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL level inside the reservoir. SC 35 and 70% water in summer; ❒ 50% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35 and 50% water in winter. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, At plug opening, pay maximum attention WARNING in order to prevent any impurities from entering the tank. Brake fluid is poisonous and highly corrosive. In the event For topping up, always use a funnel with of accidental contact, wash the parts integrated filter with mesh equal to or involved immediately with neutral lower than 0.12 mm. soap and water, then rinse thor- IMPORTANT Brake fluid absorbs mois- oughly. Call the doctor immediately ture. For this reason, if the car is mainly if the fluid is swallowed. used in areas with a high degree of at- fig. 19 F0C0098m mospheric humidity, the fluid should be replaced at more frequent intervals than BRAKE FLUID fig. 19 specified in the “Service schedule”. Unscrew cap A and check that the fluid level in the reservoir is at maximum. Prevent brake fluid, which is WARNING Fluid level in the reservoir shall not exceed highly corrosive, from coming Symbol π on the container the MAX mark. into contact with painted indicates synthetic brake flu- parts. Should it happen, im- If fluid has to be added, it is suggested to id, distinguishing it from the mineralmediately wash with water. use the brake fluid in table "Fluids and lu- kind. Using mineral fluids irreversibly bricants" (see chapter "Technical charac- damages the special braking system teristics"). rubber seals. NOTE Clean accurately the tank cap A and the surrounding surface.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

AIR FILTER POLLEN FILTER DIESEL FUEL FILTER

Air filter replacement shall be carried out Pollen filter replacement shall be carried at a Fiat Dealership. out at a Fiat Dealership. DRAINING THE CONDENSE (Multijet versions) IMPORTANT The presence of water in the fuel circuit can severely damage the whole injection system and make the en- gine misfire. If the warning light c turns on (together with the message on the dis- play), contact a Fiat Dealership as soon as possible to have the bleeding operation carried out. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

BATTERY WARNING

The liquid in the battery is The battery is of the “Limited mainte- poisonous and corrosive. nance” type: under normal conditions of Avoid contact with eyes and skin. Do use the electrolyte does not need topping not bring naked flames or possible up with distilled water. sources of sparks near the battery: Contact Fiat Dealership to have the bat- risk of fire and explosion. tery checked/replaced. CHECKING THE CHARGE fig. 20 fig. 20 F0C0506m The battery charge may be checked through the indicator A (where required) Should the battery be not fitted with bat- WARNING set on the battery cover and acting ac- tery charge inspection device (optical elec- cording to the colour the indicator trolyte indicator), inspection operations Running the battery with shows. shall be carried out by skilled personnel low fluid level can damage only. the battery beyond repair and could also cause its explosion. Refer to the table below or to the label B on the battery. Bright white Top up electrolyte Contact colour Fiat Dealership Dark colour Low charge level Charge the battery without green area (advisable to contact Fiat in the centre Dealership) Dark colour Electrolyte level and charge No action with green area sufficient in the centre

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, CHANGING THE BATTERY Batteries contain substances USEFUL ADVICE If required, replace the battery with a gen- that are very harmful for the FOR LENGTHENING THE LIFE uine spare part having the same specifi- environment. You are advised OF YOUR BATTERY cations. to have the battery changed To avoid draining your battery and length- at a Fiat Dealership, which is properly If a battery with different specifications is en its life, observe the following indica-equipped for disposing of used batter- fitted, the service intervals given in the tions:ies respecting nature and the law. “Service schedule” in this section will no ❒ when you park the car, ensure the longer be valid. doors, tailgate and bonnet are closed Refer to the instructions provided by the properly; battery manufacturer. WARNING ❒ the ceiling lights must be off. The car is however provided with an automat- If the car is left inactive for ic system for switching off internal long periods at cold, remove lights; the battery and store it in a warm place to prevent freezing. ❒ do not keep accessories (e.g.: sound Incorrect fitting of electrical system, hazard lights, etc.) switched on and electronic accessories can for a long time when the engine is not seriously damage the car. If af- running; ter buying the car, you want ❒ before performing any operation on the to install electric accessories which re- electrical system, disconnect the bat- quire permanent electric supply tery negative cable; (alarm, free-hand phone kit, etc.) con- WARNING tact Fiat Dealership whose qualified When working on the bat- ❒ battery terminals shall always be per- personnel, in addition to suggesting the tery or near it, always wear fectly tightened. most suitable devices, will evaluate the the proper goggles. overall electric absorption, checking whether the car electric system is ca- pable of withstanding the load re- quired, or whether it should be inte- grated with a more powerful battery. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, IMPORTANT A battery which is kept at If after buying the car, you want to install In fact, since these devices continue ab- a charge of less than 50% (optical indica- electric accessories which require per- sorbing energy even when the ignition key tor with dark colour without green area manent electric supply (alarm, etc.) con- is off, they gradually run down the battery. in the middle) for any length of time will tact Fiat Dealership whose qualified per- be damaged by sulphation leading to a re- sonnel, in addition to suggesting the most The total intake of these systems (facto- duction in cranking power. suitable devices, will evaluate the overall ry and after-market) must be less than 0,6mA x Ah (of the battery) as shown in the Moreover, this might lead to a higher risk electric absorption, checking whether thecar’s electric system is capable of with- following table:of the battery electrolyte freezing (this may even occur at -10°C). If the car is in- standing the load required, or whether it active for a long period of time, refer to should be integrated with a more power- “Car inactivity”, in section “Correct use ful battery. of the car”. Battery Maximum admitted stand-by intake 40 Ah 24 mA 50 Ah 30 mA 60 Ah 36 mA

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

WHEELS AND TYRES ❒ if a tyre is punctured, stop immediate-

ly and charge it to avoid damage to the Check the pressure of each tyre, includ- tyre, the rim, suspensions and steering ing the spare, every two weeks and before system; long journeys. The pressure should be ❒ Tyres age even if they are not used checked with the tyre rested and cold. much. Cracks in the tread rubber are For the correct tyre inflation pressure, see a sign of ageing. In any case, if the tyres “Wheels” in “Technical specifications” have been on the car for over 6 years, section. they should be checked by specialised fig. 21 F0C0101m personnel, to see if they can still beIncorrect pressure causes abnormal tyre used. Also remember to check the wear fig. 21: space-saver spare wheel; IMPORTANT NOTES A: normal pressure: tread evenly worn. ❒ In the case of replacement, always fit ❒ As far as possible, avoid sharp braking B: low pressure: tread particularly worn new tyres, avoiding those of dubiousand screech starts, etc. Be careful not at the edges. origin;to hit the kerb, potholes or other ob- C: high pressure: tread particularly worn stacles hard. Driving for long stretch- ❒ If a tyre is changed, also change the in- in the centre. es over bumpy roads can damage the flation valve; tyres; Tyres must be replaced when the tread ❒ To allow even wear between the front wears down to 1.6 mm. In any case, com- ❒ Periodically check that the tyres have and rear tyres, it is advisable to change ply with the laws in the country where the no cuts in the side wall, abnormal them over every 10-15 thousand kilo- car is being driven. swelling or irregular tyre wear. If any of metres, keeping them on the same side these occur, have the car seen to at a of the car so as to not reverse the di- Fiat Dealership; rection of rotation. ❒ avoid overloading the car when travel- ling: this may cause serious damage to the wheels and tyres; INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

WARNING WARNING RUBBER HOSES

Remember that road holding Do not cross switch the depends also on the correct tyres, moving them from the As far as the brake system and fuel rubber tyre inflating pressure. right of the car to the left and vice hoses are concerned, carefully follow the versa. “Service schedule” in this section. Indeed ozone, high temperatures and pro- longed lack of fluid in the system may cause hardening and cracking of the hoses, with possible leaks. Careful control is therefore necessary.

WARNING WARNING

If the pressure is too low the Never submit alloy rims to tyre overheats and this can repainting treatments re- cause it serious damage. quiring to use temperatures exceed- ing 150°C since the mechanical prop- erties of the wheels could be im- paired.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

WINDSCREEN/ REAR WINDOW WIPERS BLADES

Periodically clean the rubber part using special products; TUTELA PROFES- SIONAL SC 35 is recommended. fig. 22 F0C0162m fig. 23 F0C0507m If the rubber blades are bent or worn they should be replaced. In any case they Changing the windscreen For certain versions, to replace the blades should be changed once a year. wiper blades proceed as follows: A few simple notions can reduce the pos- Proceed as follows: ❒ raise the windscreen wiper arm and po- sibility of damage to the blades: sition the blade so that it forms an an- ❒ raise the windscreen wiper arm A-fig. ❒ if the temperature fall below zero, gle of 90° with the arm;22 and position the blade so that it make sure that ice has not frozen the forms an angle of 90° with the arm; ❒ press tabs A-fig. 23 (set aside the rubber against glass. If necessary, thaw blade) and remove the blade to be re- using an antifreeze product; ❒ press tab B of the coupling spring and placed from the arm; remove the blade to be replaced from ❒ remove any snow from the glass: in ad- the arm A; ❒ fit the new blade and check it is prop- dition to protecting the blades, this pre- erly locked into place. vents effort on the motor and over- ❒ fit the new blade by inserting the tab in- heating; to the special slot in the arm. Make sure it is properly locked into place. ❒ do not operate the windscreen and rear window wipers on dry glass.

WARNING

Driving with worn wiper blades is a serious hazard, because visibility is reduced in bad weather. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, fig. 24 F0C0160m fig. 25 F0C0163m fig. 26 F0C0161m Changing the rear window blade SPRAY NOZZLES Proceed as follows: Windscreen wiper fig. 25 ❒ raise the cover A-fig. 24 and remove the arm from the car, slackening the nut If the jet of fluid is inadequate, firstly check B that fastens it to the pivot pin; that there is fluid in the reservoir: see “Checking fluid levels” in this section). ❒ fit the new arm, positioning it correct- ly, and fully tighten the nut; Then check that the nozzle holes are not clogged, if necessary use a needle. ❒ lower the cover. The windscreen jets are directed by ad- fig. 27 F0C0350m justing the angle of the nozzles: turn the nozzle cylinder by inserting a screwdriv- Rear window wiper fig. 26-27 er in A. Rear window washer jets can be adjust- Fluid jets shall be directed at about 1/3 ed in the same way. height from the window upper edge. The nozzle holder is on the rear window.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

BODYWORK These include: ADVICE FOR PRESERVING

❒ Painting products and systems which THE BODYWORK PROTECTION FROM give the car particular resistance to cor- Paint ATMOSPHERIC AGENTS rosion and abrasion; Paintwork does not only serve an aesteth- The main causes of corrosion are the fol- ❒ Use of galvanised (or pretreated) steelsheets, with high resistance to corro- ic purpose, but also protects the under-lowing: sion; lying sheet metal. ❒ atmospheric pollution; ❒ Spraying the underbody, engine com- In the case of deep scrapes or scores, you ❒ salty air and humidity (coastal areas, or partment, wheelhouse internal parts are advised to have the necessary touch- hot humid climates); and other parts with highly protective ing up carried out immediately to avoid wax products; the formation of rust. Use only original ❒ seasonal environment conditions. paint products for touching up (see “Body- ❒ Spraying of plastic parts, with a protec- Not to be underestimated is also the abra- work paint identification plate” in sectiontive function, in the more exposed sive action of wind-borne atmospheric “Technical specification”).points: underdoor, inner fender parts, dust and sand and mud and gravel raised edges, etc.; Normal paint maintenance consists in by other cars. washing at intervals depending on the con- ❒ Use of “open” boxed sections to pre- On your car, Fiat implemented the best ditions and environment of use. For ex-vent condensation and pockets of mois- manufacturing technologies to effectively ample, in highly polluted areas, or if theture from triggering rust inside. protect the bodywork against corrosion. roads are sprayed with salt, it is wise towash the car more frequently. BODY AND UNDERBODY

WARRANTY

Your car is covered by warranty against perforation due to rust of any original el- ement of the structure or body. For the general terms of this warranty, refer to the Fiat Warranty booklet. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, To correctly wash the car: Do not wash the car after it has been left Front headlights ❒ remove the aerial from the roof to pre- in the sun or with the bonnet hot: this may IMPORTANT Never use aromatic sub- vent damage to it if the car is washed in alter the shine of the paintwork. stances (e.g.: petrol) or ketones (e.g.: ace- an automatic system; tone) for cleaning front headlight plastic ❒ wash the body using a low pressure jet lens. of water; Detergents cause water Windows ❒ wipe a sponge with a slightly soapy so- pollution. Therefore the car lution over the bodywork, frequently should be washed in areas Use specific window cleaner products. rinsing with the sponge; equipped for collecting and Use also clean cloths to avoid scratching the glass or damaging the transparency. ❒ rinse well with water and dry with a jet purifying the liquid used in the wash- of air or a chamois leather. ing process. IMPORTANT The inside of the rearscreen should be wiped gently with a When drying, take particular care with the cloth in the direction of the filaments to less visible parts like door surrounds, bon- avoid damaging the heating device. net and around the headlights where wa- Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned in ter may stagnate. The car should not be the same way as the rest of the car. Engine compartment taken to a closed area immediately, but left in the open so that residual water can Where possible, do not park under trees; At the end of the winter the engine com- evaporate. the resinous substance many species re- partment should be carefully washed,lease give the paint a dull appearance and without directing the jet against electron- increase the possibility of triggering rust ic control units. Contact a specialised processes. workshop to have this done. IMPORTANT Bird droppings must be IMPORTANT The car should be washed washed off immediately and thoroughly as with the engine cold and the ignition key the acid they contain is particularly ag- at STOP. After washing make sure that gressive. the various protections (e.g. rubber caps and various covers) have not been dam- aged or removed.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

INTERIORS CLEANING LEATHER SEATS Fabric upholstery of your car

Remove dried on dirt with lightly moist- is purpose-made to withstand Periodically check that water is not trapped ened chamois leather or cloth without common wear resulting from under the mats (due to water dripping off pressing too hard. normal use of the car. It is shoes, umbrellas, etc.) which could cause however absolutely necessary to pre- oxidisation of the sheet metal. Remove liquid or grease stains with a dry vent hard and/or prolonged scratch- absorbent cloth without rubbing. Then ing/scraping caused by clothing acces- CLEANING SEATS AND FABRIC wipe with a soft cloth or chamois leather sories like metallic buckles, studs, “Vel- AND VELVET PARTS with water and neutral soap. cro” fixings, etc. that stressing locally Use a soft brush or vacuum cleaner to re- If the stain persists, use specific products, the fabric could break yarns and dam- move dust. Velvet is cleaned better if the carefully following the instructions for use. age the upholstery as a consequence. brush is moistened. IMPORTANT Never use spirit or alcohol- Rub the seats with a sponge moistened based products. with a solution of water and neutral de- tergent. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, INTERIOR PLASTIC PARTS STEERING WHEEL/GEAR LEVER WARNING For routine cleaning of interior plastic KNOB WITH GENUINE Do not keep aerosol cans in parts use a soft cloth moistened with wa- LEATHER COVERING the car: they might explode. ter and neutral soap. Remove grease or These components shall only be cleaned Aerosol cans must never be exposed persisting stains using appropriate solvent- with water and neutral soap. Never use to a temperature above 50°C. The free products designed to preserve ap- spirit or alcohol-based products. temperature inside the car exposed pearance and colour of plastic compo- to the sun may go well beyond that nents. Before using special products for clean- figure. ing interiors, read carefully label instruc- IMPORTANT Never use spirit or petro- tions and indications to make sure they leum to clean the instrument panel. are free from spirit and/or alcohol-based substances. If when cleaning the windscreen with spe- cial glass products, some drops fall on the leather covering of the steering wheel/gear lever knob remove them immediately and then clean with water and neutral soap.

WARNING

Never use flammable prod- IMPORTANT Take the utmost care when ucts like oil ether or rectified engaging the steering lock to prevent petrol for cleaning car interiors. Elec- scratching the leather covering. trostatic discharges generated by rub- bing during cleaning operations could cause fire.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

IDENTIFICATION DATA ... 238 ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS ... 240 ENGINE ... 241 FUEL FEED/IGNITION ... 243 TRANSMISSION ... 243 BRAKES ... 244 SUSPENSIONS... 244 STEERING... 244 WHEELS ... 245 DIMENSIONS ... 250 PERFORMANCE... 253 WEIGHTS ... 254 CAPACITIES ... 257 FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS... 259 FUEL CONSUMPTION ... 261 CO2 EMISSIONS ... 263 INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

IDENTIFICATION DATA

You are advised to note the identification codes. The identification data stamped and given on the plates and their position are the following fig. 1: ❒ Model plate ❒ Chassis marking ❒ Bodywork paint identification plate fig. 1 F0C0195m fig. 2 F0C0099m ❒ Engine marking. MODEL PLATE fig. 2 G Maximum vehicle weight on front axle. The plate is to be found on the front H Maximum vehicle weight on rear axle. crossmember of the engine compartment and bears the following identification da- I Engine type. ta: L Body version code. A Manufacturer’ name. M Spare part code. B Homologation number. N Smoke opacity index (for diesel en- C Vehicle type code. gines). D Chassis number. E Maximum vehicle weight fully loaded. F Maximum vehicle weight fully loaded with trailer.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, ENGINE MARKING Engine marking is stamped on the cylinder block and includes the model and the chassis number. fig. 4 F0C0100m BODYWORK PAINT IDENTIFICATION PLATE fig. 4 The plate is applied inside the bonnet and it bears the following data: A - Paint manufacturer. B - Colour name. C - Fiat colour code. fig. 3 F0C0110m D - Respray and touch up code. CHASSIS MARKING fig. 3 It is printed on the passenger compart- ment floor, near the right-hand front seat. It can be reached by lifting the special flap in the carpeting and includes the following data: ❒ car model (ZFA 192000); ❒ chassis number. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS

Body version Engine code 3-door 5-door 1.4 843A1000 192AXH1B 21 192BXH1B 22 16V 192AXH1B 21B (*) 192BXH1B 22B (*)192CXH1B 23 (❍) 192BXN1B 31 1.416V (**) 192B2000 192AXN1B 30192AXN1B 30B (*) 192BXN1B 31B (*)192CXN1B 32 (❍) 1.616V 192B3000 192AXR1A 36 192BXR1A 37 192CXR1A 38 (❍) 192BXC1A 05 1.816V 192A4000 192AXC1A 04 192CXC1A 13 (❍) 2.420V 192A2000 192AXD1A 16C (■) 192BXD1A 17C (■) 192AXD12 06C (❒) 192BXD12 07C (❒) 192BXS1A 40B 1.9 Multijet 8V 192A8000 192AXS1A 039B 192CXS1A 41B (❍) 1.9 Multijet 8V (**) 192B4000 192AXU1A 45 192BXU1A 46192CXU1A 47 (❍) 192BXT1B 43 1.9 Multijet 16V 937A5000 192AXT1B 42 192CXT1B 44 (❍) (*) “DYNAMIC” saloon versions (**) Versions for specific markets (▲) Multi Wagon “ACTUAL” versions (❍) Multi Wagon versions (■) Versions with mechanical gearbox (❒) Selespeed versions

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

ENGINE

GENERAL 1.416V 1.416V (*) 1.616V 1.816V 2.420V Engine code 843A1000 192B2000 192B3000 192A4000 192A2000 Cycle Otto Otto Otto Otto Otto Number and layout of cylinders 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line 5 in line Piston bore and stroke mm 72.0 x 84.0 72.0 x 84.0 79 x 81.5 82.0 x 82.7 83 x 90.4 Total displacement cm3 1368 1368 1598 1747 2446 Compression ratio 11.2 11.2 10.5 10.3 10.5 Maximum power (EEC) kW 70 66 77 98 125 HP 95 90 105 133 170 corresponding ratio rpm 5800 5500 6200 6400 6000 Maximum torque (EEC) Nm 128 128 150 162 221 kgm 13 13 15.3 16.5 22.5 corresponding ratio rpm 4500 4500 3900 3500 3500 Spark plugs NGK NGK Bosch NGK BKR6EZ Champion DCPR7E-N DCPR7E-N FQR 8 LEU 2 Champion RC8BYC RC10YCC Fuel Unleaded petrol Unleaded petrol Unleaded petrol Unleaded petrol Unleaded petrol 95 RON 95 RON 95 RON 95 RON 95 RON (Specification (Specification (Specification (Specification (Specification EN228) EN228) EN228) EN228) EN228) (*) Version for specific markets INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, GENERAL 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V 1.9 Multijet 8V (*) 1.9 Multijet 16V (*) Engine code 192A8000 937A5000 192B4000 Cycle Diesel Diesel Diesel Diesel Number and layout of cylinders 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line Piston bore and stroke mm 82.0 x 90.4 82.0 x 90.4 82.0 x 90.4 82.0 x 90.4 Total displacement cm3 1910 1910 1910 1910 Compression ratio 18 17.5 18 17.5 Maximum power (EEC) kW 88 110 85 100 HP 120 150 115 136 corresponding ratio rpm 4000 4000 4000 4000 Maximum torque (EEC) Nm 255 305 255 305 kgm 26 31 26 31 corresponding ratio rpm 2000 2000 2000 2000 Fuel Diesel fuel for Diesel fuel for Diesel fuel for Diesel fuel for motor vehicles motor vehicles motor vehicles motor vehicles (Specification EN590) (Specification EN590) (Specification EN590) (Specification EN590) (*) Version for specific markets

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

FUEL FEED/IGNITION

1.416V - 1.616V - 1.816V - 2.420V 1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V Multipoint sequential phased Direct injection with electronically Fuel feed electronic injection, returnless system controlled Multijet “Common Rail” turbosupercharger and intercooler

TRANSMISSION

1.416V 2.420V 1.616V - 1.816V 1.9 Multijet16V 1.9 Multijet 8V Gearbox Six forward gears Five forward gears Five forward gears Six forward gears and reverse and reverse and reverse and reverse with synchromesh for with electronic with synchromesh with synchromesh forward gear control system for forward gear for forward gear engagement engagement engagement Clutch Self-adjusting pedal Electric-hydraulic Self-adjusting pedal Self-adjusting pedal without idle device with without idle without idle stroke stroke electronic control stroke Drive Front Front Front Front Modifications or repairs to the fuel system that are not carried out properly or do not take the system’s techni- cal specifications into account can cause malfunctions leading to the risk of fire. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

BRAKES

1.416V - 1.616V - 1.816V - 2.420V - 1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V Service brakes: – front Disc, self-ventilating – rear Disc Parking brake Controlled by hand lever, it works on the rear brakes IMPORTANT Water, ice and antifreeze salt on roads may deposit on the brake discs thus reducing braking efficiency at first braking.

SUSPENSIONS

1.416V - 1.616V - 1.816V - 2.420V - 1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V Front McPherson independent wheels Rear Interconnected wheels with twisting axle

STEERING

1.416V 1.616V - 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.816V - 2.420V 1.9 Multijet 16V Type Rack and pinion Rack and pinion Rack and pinion with electric power steering with electric power steering with electric power steering Minimum steering cycle m 10.5 10.8 11.1

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

WHEELS SPARE WHEEL

Pressed steel rim. Tubeless tyre. RIMS AND TYRES WHEEL GEOMETRY Pressed steel or alloy rims. Tubeless tyres with radial carcass. The homologated tyres Front wheel toe-in measured from rim to are listed in the Log book. rim: – 1 ±1 mm. IMPORTANT In the event of discrepan- The values refer to the car in running or- cies between the information provided on der. this “Owner handbook” and the “Log fig. 5 F0C0200m book”, consider the specifications shown in the log book only. UNDERSTANDING TYRE Attaining to the prescribed size, to ensure MARKING fig. 5 safety of the car in movement, it must be Example: 195/65 R 15 91T fitted with tyres of the same make and type on all wheels. 195 = Nominal width (S, distance be- tween sidewalls in mm). IMPORTANT Do not use inner tubes with Tubeless tyres. 65 = Percentage height/width ratio (H/S). R = Radial tyre. 15 = Rim diameter in inches (Ø). 91 = Load rating. T = Maximum speed rating. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, Load rating Maximum speed rating UNDERSTANDING RIM 60 = 250 kg 84 = 500 kg Q = up to 160 km/h. MARKING fig. 5 61 = 257 kg 85 = 515 kg R = up to 170 km/h. Example: 6 1/2Jx15 H2 ET43 62 = 265 kg 86 = 530 kg S = up to 180 km/h. 6 1/2 = rim width in inches (1). 63 = 272 kg 87 = 545 kg T = up to 190 km/h. J = rim drop center outline (side 64 = 280 kg 88 = 560 kg projection where the tyre beadU = up to 200 km/h. rests) (2). 65 = 290 kg 89 = 580 kg H = up to 210 km/h. 15 = rim nominal diameter in inches 66 = 300 kg 90 = 600 kg (corresponds to diameter of the V = up to 240 km/h. 67 = 307 kg 91 = 615 kg tyre to be mounted) (3 = Ø). 68 = 315 kg 92 = 630 kg W = up to 270 km/h. H2 = “hump” shape and number (relief 69 = 325 kg 93 = 650 kg Y = up to 300 km/h. on the circumference holding theTubeless tyre bead on the rim). 70 = 335 kg 94 = 670 kg ET43 = wheel camber angle (distance be- 71 = 345 kg 95 = 690 kg Maximum speed rating tween the disc/rim supporting 72 = 355 kg 96 = 710 kg for snow tyres plane and the wheel rim centre line). 73 = 365 kg 97 = 730 kg QM + S = up to 160 km/h. 74 = 375 kg 98 = 750 kg TM + S = up to 190 km/h. 75 = 387 kg 99 = 775 kg HM + S = up to 210 km/h. 76 = 400 kg 100 = 800 kg 77 = 412 kg 101 = 825 kg 78 = 425 kg 102 = 850 kg 79 = 437 kg 103 = 875 kg 80 = 450 kg 104 = 900 kg 81 = 462 kg 105 = 925 kg 82 = 475 kg 106 = 950 kg 83 = 487 kg

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, VERSIONS RIMS TYRES SPARE WHEEL (*) Standard tyres Snow tyres Rim Tyre 1.416V 61/2Jx15 ET 43 195/65 R15 91T 195/65 R15 91T (M+S) 7J x 16 ET 41 205/55 R16 91V (*) 205/55 R16 91H (M+S) 7J x 17 ET 41 215/45 R17 87W (*) 215/45 R17 87H (M+S) 4B x 15 ET 35 T/125/90 R15 96M 7J x 17 ET 41 215/45 ZR17 87W 215/45 ZR17 87H (M+S) 1.616V 61/2Jx15 ET 43 195/65 R15 91H 195/65 R15 91H (M+S) 7J x 16 ET 41 205/55 R16 91V (*) 205/55 R16 91H (M+S) 4B x 15 ET 35 T/125/90 R15 96M 7J x 17 ET 41 215/45 R17 87W (*) 215/45 R17 87H (M+S) 1.816V 61/2Jx15 ET 43 195/65 R15 91V 195/65 R15 91H (M+S) 1.9 Multijet 16V 7J x 16 ET 41 205/55 R16 91V (*) 205/55 R16 91H (M+S) 7J x 17 ET 41 215/45 R17 87W (*) 215/45 R17 87H (M+S) 4B x 15 ET 35 T/125/90 R15 96M 7J x 17 ET 41 215/45 ZR17 87W 215/45 ZR17 87H (M+S) 2.420V 7J x 16 ET 41 205/55 R16 91W 205/55 R16 91H (M+S) 4B x 15 ET 35 T/125/90 R15 96M 7J x 17 ET 41 215/45 R17 87W (*) 215/45 R17 87H (M+S) 1.9 Multijet 8V 61/2Jx15 ET 43 195/65 R15 91H 195/65 R15 91H (M+S) 7J x 16 ET 41 205/55 R16 91V (*) 205/55 R16 91H (M+S) 4B x 15 ET 35 T/125/90 R15 96M 7J x 17 ET 41 215/45 R17 87W (*) 215/45 R17 87H (M+S) (*) On request for versions/markets where applicable. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar) Saloon versions STANDARD TYRES SPACE-SAVER Size Medium load Full load SPAREWHEEL Front Rear Front Rear 195/65 R15 91T 1.9 1.9 2.1 2.1 1.416V 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 4.2 215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5 1.616V 195/65 R15 91H 1.9 1.9 2.1 2.1 1.9 Multijet 8V 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 4.2 215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5 195/65 R15 91V 1.9 1.9 2.1 2.1 1.816V 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 4.2 1.9 Multijet16V 215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5 205/55 R16 91W 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.420V 4.2 215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5 Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres. With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Multi Wagon versions STANDARD TYRES SPACE-SAVER Size Medium load Full load SPAREWHEEL Front Rear Front Rear 195/65 R15 91T 1.9 1.9 2.1 2.3/3.0 (*) 1.416V 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3/3.0 (*) 4.2 215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5/3.0 (*) 1.616V 195/65 R15 91H 1.9 1.9 2.3 2.3/3.0 (*) 1.9 Multijet 8V 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3/3.0 (*) 4.2 215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5/3.0 (*) 195/65 R15 91V 1.9 1.9 2.3 2.3/3.0 (*) 1.816V 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3/3.0 (*) 4.2 1.9 Multijet16V 215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5/3.0 (*) Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres. With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres. (*) In full load conditions = 510 kg (including driver’s weight; special equipment and remaining load distributed on rear folded seats). INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

DIMENSIONS

Dimensions are expressed in mm and re- fer to the car fitted with standard tyres. The height refers to the car unladen. Boot volume Unladen boot volume (V.D.A. standards) ... 305 dm3 Extended boot volume with rear folded seat back ...1002 dm3 fig. 6 F0C0332m Saloon versions 3-doorABCDEFGH1.416V - 1.616V - 1.816V 4182 887 2600 695 1475 1514 (*) 1784 1508 (*) 1.9 Multijet 2.420V 4182 887 2600 695 1475 1518 (*) 1784 1512 (*) (*) Track measurements may vary according to rim size.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Dimensions are expressed in mm and re- fer to the car fitted with standard tyres. The height refers to the car unladen. Boot volume Unladen boot volume (V.D.A. standards) ... 370 dm3 (Õ) 370 dm3 (▲) 335 dm3 (å) 410 dm3 (ç) Extended boot volume (with folded seat back) ...1035 dm3 (ç)/1120 dm3 (Õ) (Õ) For versions with rear fixed seat. (▲) For versions with rear sliding seat (rated value). (å) For versions with rear sliding seat, set completely in backward position. (ç) For versions with rear sliding seat, set completely in forward position. fig. 7 F0C0474m Saloon versions 5-doorABCDEFGH1.416V - 1.616V - 1.816V 4253 893 2600 760 1525 1514 (*) 1756 1508 (*) 1.9 Multijet 2.420V 4253 893 2600 760 1525 1518 (*) 1756 1512 (*) (*) Track measurements may vary according to rim size. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, Dimensions are expressed in mm and re- fer to the car fitted with standard tyres. The height refers to the car unladen. Boot volume Unladen boot volume (V.D.A. standards) ... 510 dm3 (Õ) 550 dm3 (▲) Extended boot volume (with folded seat back) ... 1380 dm3 (å) 1480 dm3 (ç) (Õ) For versions with rear fixed seat. (▲) For versions with rear sliding seat (rated value). (å) For versions with rear sliding seat, set completely in backward position. (ç) For versions with rear sliding seat, set completely in forward position. fig. 8 F0C0348m Saloon versions Multi Wagon versionsABCDEFGH1.416V - 1.616V - 1.816V 1.9 Multijet 4516 893 2600 1023 1570 1514 (*) 1756/1773 (**) 1508 (*) Track measurements may vary according to rim size. (**) UPROAD versions

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

PERFORMANCE

Top admitted speed after initial car use in km/h. SALOON VERSIONS 1.416V 1.616V 1.816V 2.420V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 8V (*) 1.9 Multijet 16V 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 180 178 185 183 202 200 215 213 194 193 192 190 209 207 (*) For specific markets MULTI WAGON VERSIONS 1.416V 1.616V 1.816V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 8V (*) 1.9 Multijet 16V 176 183 200 193 190 207 (*) For specific markets INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

WEIGHTS

Weights (kg) 1.416V 1.616V 1.816V (Saloon versions) 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door Weight empty (including fluids, 90% fuel 1090 1145 1150 1205 1240 1295 in the tank and no optional) 1135 (❍) 1190 (❍) 1195 (❍) 1250 (❍) Payload (*) including the driver: 510 510 510 510 510 510 Maximum admitted loads (**) – front axle: 900 900 950 950 990 990 – rear axle: 830 860 830 860 830 860 1600 1655 1660 1715 1750 1805 – total: 1645 (❍) 1700 (❍) 1705 (❍) 1760 (❍) Towable loads – trailer with brakes: 1000/500 (❒) 1000/500 (❒) 1100/500 (❒) 1100/500 (❒) 1200/500 (❒) 1200/500 (❒) – trailer without brakes: 500 500 500 500 500 500 Maximum load on roof (***): 80 80 80 80 80 80 Maximum load on tow hitch (trailer with brakes): 60 60 60 60 60 60 (*) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen car weight increases thus reducing the specified payload. (**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads in the boot an/or on the roof so that they com- ply with these limits. (***) Lineaccessori Fiat roof rack, max capacity: 50 kg. (❍) “DYNAMIC” versions. (❒) For specific markets.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Weights (kg) 2.420V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V (Saloon versions) 3-door 3-door 3-door 3-door 3-door 3-door Weight empty (including fluids, 90% fuel in the tank and no optional) 1265 1320 1265 1320 1285 1340 Payload (*) including the driver: 510 510 510 510 510 510 Maximum admitted loads (**) – front axle: 1030 1030 1020 1020 1030 1030 – rear axle: 830 830 830 860 830 860 – total: 1775 1830 1775 1830 1795 1850 Towable loads – trailer with brakes: 1300/500 (❒) 1300/500 (❒) 1300/500 (❒) 1300/500 (❒) 1300/500 (❒) 1300/500 (❒) – trailer without brakes: 500 500 500 500 500 500 Maximum load on roof (***): 80 80 80 80 80 80 Maximum load on tow hitch (trailer with brakes): 60 60 60 60 60 60 (*) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen car weight increases thus reducing the specified payload. (**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads in the boot an/or on the roof so that they com- ply with these limits. (***) Lineaccessori Fiat roof rack, max capacity: 50 kg. (❒) For specific markets. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, Weights (kg) 1.416V 1.616V 1.816V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V (Multi Wagon versions) Weight empty (including fluids, 90% fuel in the tank and no optional) 1235 1295 1385 1410 1430 Payload (*) including the driver: 510 510 510 510 510 Maximum admitted loads (**) – front axle: 950 950 990 1020 1030 – rear axle: 960 960 960 960 960 – total: 1745 1805 (❍) 1895 1920 1940 Towable loads – trailer with brakes: 1000/500 (❒) 1100/500 (❒) 1200/500 (❒) 1300/500 (❒) 1300/500 (❒) – trailer without brakes: 500 500 500 500 500 Maximum load on roof (***): 80 80 80 80 80 Maximum load on tow hitch (trailer with brakes): 60 60 60 60 60 (*) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen car weight increases thus reducing the specified payload. (**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads in the boot an/or on the roof so that they com- ply with these limits. (***) Lineaccessori Fiat roof rack, max capacity: 50 kg. (❍) “ACTUAL” versions (❒) For specific markets.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

CAPACITIES

1.416V 1.616V 1.816V 2.420V Recommended products and litres kg litres kg litres kg litres kg genuine lubricants Fuel tank: 58 – 58 – 58 – 58 – Unleaded petrol including a reserve of: 9 – 9 – 9 – 9 – with no less than 95 R.O.N (Specification EN228) Engine cooling Mixture of 50% demineralised system water and 50% – with climate control: – 5.25 – 6.55 – 7.3 – 8.3 PARAFLU UP Engine sump: 2.5 2.2 4.3 3.9 3.7 3.3 4.5 3.9 SELENIA K Engine sump and filter: 2.8 2.5 4.5 4.0 4.2 3.7 4.7 4.0 (versions 1.416V, 1.616V and 1.816V) SELENIA RACING (versions 2.420V) Gearbox/differential casing: 1.87 1.7 1.65 1.5 1.98 1.8 1.76 1.6 TUTELA CAR TECHNYX Selespeed transmission – – – – – – hydraulic system TUTELA CAR (where provided): 0.8 0.73 CS SPEED Hydraulic brake circuit with ABS: – 0.525 – 0.525 – 0.525 – 0.525 TUTELA TOP 4 Windscreen / Mixture of water and rear window / headlight TUTELA PROFESSIONAL washer fluid reservoir: (*) 3 (6) – 3 (6) – 3 (6) – 3 (6) – SC 35 (*) The values in brackets refer to versions with headlight washers. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V Recommended products and genuine lubricants litres kg litres kg Fuel tank: 58 – 58 – Diesel fuel formotor vehicles including a reserve of: 9 – 9 – (Specification EN590) Engine cooling system Mixture of 50% demineralised – with climate control: – 7.3 – 7.3 water and 50% PARAFLU UP Engine sump: 4.4 3.8 4.4 3.8 SELENIA WR Engine sump and filter: 4.7 4.0 4.7 4.0 Gearbox/differential casing: 1.76 1.6 1.87 1.7 TUTELA CAR TECHNYX Hydraulic brake circuit – – with ABS: 0.525 0.525 TUTELA TOP 4 Windscreen / Mixture of water and rear window / headlight TUTELA PROFESSIONAL washer fluid reservoir: (*) 3 (6) – 3 (6) – SC 35 (*) The values in brackets refer to versions with headlight washers.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS

RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND THEIR SPECIFICATIONS Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Genuine fluids Change for correct car operation and lubricants intervals Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 5W-40, that pass SELENIA K (❒) As per Service Lubricants for FIAT 9.55535-M2 specification. Schedule petrol engines Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 10W-60 As per ServiceSELENIA RACING (❍) Schedule Lubricants for Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 5W- 40 SELENIA WR As per Service diesel engines that pass FIAT 9.55535- M2 specification Schedule (❒) 1.416V, 1.616V and 1.816V versions (❍) 2.420V versions For regular operation of Multijet versions fitted with DPF, use the genuine lubricant only. In the event of an emergency, lacking the genuine lubricant, top up just once with max. 0.5 l and go to Fiat Dealership as soon as possible. Should non-genuine SAE 5W-40 products be used, lubricants with minimum ACEA A3 properties for petrol engines and ACEA B4 for Diesel engines are tolerated; in this event top engine performance is not guaranteed. Using low-quality products, not compliant with ACEA A3 and ACEA B4 properties and specifications could cause engine damages not covered by warranty. For very cold temperatures, consult Fiat Dealership for the proper Selenia product to use. INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Genuine fluids Applications for correct car operation and lubricants Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-85 TUTELA CAR Mechanical gearbox that passes API GL-4 PLUS, FIAT 9.55550 TECHNYX and differential MIL-L- 2105 D LEV specifications. Specific fluid with “ATF DEXRON III” TUTELA CAR Selespeed transmission CS SPEED electrically-operated electrohydraulic actuator Lubricants Lithium soap based grease. NLGI 0 consistency TUTELA CV joints on differential and greases for MRM ZERO side (excluding transmissions version 1.816V) Poly-urea oil synthetic-based grease suitable for high temperatures. TUTELA STAR 325 CV joints on differential NLGI 2 consistency side submitted to high temperatures (only versions 1.616V) Molibdenum disulphide, lithium soap based grease. TUTELA STAR 500 CV joint on NLGI 2 consistency wheel side (excluding version 1.816V) Brake Synthetic fluid, FMVSS n° 116 DOT 4, ISO 4925 TUTELA TOP 4 Brake and clutch hydraulic fluid SAE J1704, CUNA NC 956-01 controls Protective with antifreeze action, red colour PARAFLU UP (●) Cooling circuits. Proportion: Protective based on inhibited monoethylen glycol and organic formula, 50% down to –35° C. agent O.A.T technology, that passes CUNA NC 956-16, Not to be mixed with for radiators ASTM D 3306 specifications. other products. Additive for Additive for diesel fuels with protective action for Diesel engines DIESEL MIX To be mixed with diesel fuel diesel fuel (25 cc per 10 litres) Windscreen/ Mixture of alcohol and surfactants CUNA NC 956-II TUTELA To be used diluted or rear window/ PROFESSIONAL undiluted headlight SC 35 washer fluid (●) Do not add or mix fluids having different specifications from that already existing.

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

FUEL CONSUMPTION ❒ extra-urban cycle: frequent acceler- IMPORTANT The type of route, traffic

ating in all gears, simulating extraurban situations, weather conditions, driving The fuel consumption figures given in the use of the car; the speed varies be- style, general conditions of the car, trim table below are determined on the basis tween 0 and 120 km/h; level/equipment/accessories, load, climate of the homologation tests set down by combined consumption: is calculat- control system, roof rack, other situations❒ specific European Directives. ed weighing about 37% of urban cycle that affect air drag may lead to different consumption and about 63% of ex- fuel consumption levels than those mea-The procedures below are followed for traurban consumption. sured.measuring consumption: ❒ urban cycle: cold starting followed by driving that simulates urban use of the car; Fuel consumption according to Directive 1999/100/EC (litres x 100 km) Saloon versions 1.416V 1.616V 1.816V 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door Urban 8.2/8.5 (*) 8.5 8.8 9.1 11.3 11.5 Extra-urban 5.5/5.6 (*) 5.7 5.5 5.8 6.1 6.2 Combined 6.5/6.6 (*) 6.7 6.7 7.0 8.0 8.1 (*) “DYNAMIC” versions INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, 2.420V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door Urban 13.5 13.6 6.7 6.8 7.5 7.7 Extra-urban 7.6 7.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.7 Combined 9.7 9.8 5.3 5.4 5.6 5.8 Fuel consumption according to Directive 1999/100/EC (litres x 100 km) Multi Wagon versions 1.416V 1.616V 1.816V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V Urban 8.7 9.2 11.7 7.1 7.7 Extra-urban 5.8 6.0 6.3 4.7 4.7 Combined 6.8 7.2 8.3 5.6 5.8

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

CO2 EMISSIONS

The CO2, emission levels at the exhaust given in the following table refer to combined consumption. CO2 emissions according to 1999/100/EC Directive (g/km) Saloon versions 1.416V 1.616V 1.816V 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 153/158 (*) 160 159 165 190 194 (*) “DYNAMIC” versions 2.420V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 231 233 139 142 148 154 Multi Wagon versions 1.416V 1.616V 1.816V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V 162 170 197 148 154 INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

,

INDEX

ABS ... 95 – types of bulbs ... 182 Controls ... 68 Accessories purchased Correct use of the car ... 135Capacities ... 257 by the owner ... 101 Courtesy mirror light Car inactivity... 156 Air bags (bulb replacement) ... 194 Car maintenance ... 209 – front... 126 Cruise Control ... 65 – additional checks ... 213 – side... 130 Current outlet... 72 – annual Inspection Schedule... 213 Air filter ... 225 Cut-off switch fuel ... 69 – scheduled service ... 210 Armrests (front rear) ... 70 – Service Schedule... 211 Dashboard... 5 Ashtray... 72 Cargo box ... 91 Dashboard and controls ... 4 ASR ... 98 Carrying children safely ... 116 Daylight sensor ... 61 At the filling station... 105 Ceiling lights ... 67 Dead lock (device) ... 14Automatic headlights sensor (daylight sensor)... 611 Central door locking system ... 79 Diesel fuel filter... 225 Checking fluid levels ... 216 Diesel particulate filter (DPF) ... 108

Battery Child lock ... 79 Dimensions ... 250

– checking the charge... 226 Child restraint systems Dipped beam headlights... 59 – jump starting... 170 (specifications for use) ... 119 Direction indicators – replacing ... 227 Cigar lighter ... 72 – control ... 60 Bodywork... 233 Climate control system – front bulb replacement ... 186 Bonnet... 92 – automatic two-zone – rear bulb replacement ... 188 Boot ... 81 climate control system ... 51 – side bulb replacement ... 186 Boot light (bulb replacement) ... 195 – manual climate control system .. 48 Doors ... 79 Brake Assist ... 96 CO2 emissions ... 263 Dualdrive (electric power steering) 102 Brakes... 244 Code Card ... 10 Bulb (replacement)... 181 Containing running costs ... 149 Easy entry ... 38

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS, Electric power steering “Dualdrive”.. 102 Gearbox Isofix (child restraint system) ... 121 Electronic alarm ... 17 – using manual gearbox ... 140 Engine Jacking the car ... 206– using Selespeed gearbox ... 141 – identification code ... 240 Glass holder ... 73 Keys ... 10 – technical data... 241-242 Glove box light Engine compartment (bulb replacement) ... 194 Load limiters ... 113 – washing ... 234 Glove box/oddment Engine oil compartments ... 71 Main beam headlights... 59 – consumption ... 220 H MSR (system) ... 99andbrake ... 139 Environment protection ... 108 Hazard lights ... 68 Multifunction display ... 23 EOBD (system) ... 99 Head restraints ... 41 ESP (system) ... 97 Number plate lights Headlight washer... 65 External lights ... 59 (bulb replacement) ... 191Headlights... 94

Fiat CODE (system) ... 8 Heating and ventilation system .. 44-46 OCS

Fire extinguisher ... 208 (Occupant Classification System) .. 129Identification data ... 238 Fix&Go automatic ... 177 Oddment compartments ... 73If an exterior light burns out ... 184 Flashing the headlights ... 59 If an interior light burns out ... 192 Paint ... 233 Fluid level checks ... 216 Ignition switch ... 20 Parking ... 139 Fluids and lubricants ... 259 In an emergency ... 169 Follow me home (device) ... 60 Parking lights ... 69Independent additional heater ... 56 Front fog lights ... 68-69 Parking sensors ... 103Installation of electric/ – (bulb replacement)... 186 electronic devices ... 101 Performance ... 253 Fuel consumption ... 261 Instrument panel ... 6 Pollen filter ... 225 Fuel feed/ignition ... 241 Instruments ... 21 Power windows ... 80 Fuel filler cap ... 106 Interior fittings ... 70 Presetting for mounting the Fuses (replacement) ... 196 Interiors ... 235 “Isofix ” child restraint system ... 121 INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS

MESSAGES

, Presetting for mounting Seats ... 37 Top speeds ... 253 the “Universal Isofix” – cleaning ... 235 Towing the car ... 206 child restraint system ... 124 – easy entry... 38 Towing trailers ... 151 Pretensioners ... 113 – manually adjustable front seats .. 37 Transmission ... 241 Protecting the environment ... 108 – rear sliding seats ... 39 Trip Computer... 34 Puddle light/door opening light – seat warming ... 38 Tyre repair kit (bulb replacement) ... 195 Selespeed (gearbox) ... 141 (Fix&Go automatic)... 177

Radio transmitters and Side/taillights ... 59 Tyres

cellular telephones... 101 Ski tunnel ... 91 – changing ... 171 Rain sensor ... 63 Skywindow (blade sunroof) ... 74 – pressure... 246 Rear fog lights... 69 – snow tyres ... 154Smart washing ... 63 Rear window washer/wiper... 64 – standard tyres ... 247Snow chains ... 155 Rear window wiper – understanding tyre marking... 246Sound system (presetting)... 100 – blades ... 231 Spark plugs ... 241 Using the manual gearbox ... 140 – control ... 64 Starting the engine ... 136 Using the Selespeed gearbox ... 141 – nozzles ... 232 Steering ... 244 Rearview mirrors ... 43 Steering column lock ... 20 Warning lights and messages .. 157 Reversing lights Steering wheel... 42 Weights... 254 (bulb replacement) ... 188-189 Sun visors ... 73 Wheel Rims Sunroof (Skywindow) ... 74 – changing ... 171 – understanding rim marking... 246 Wheel geometry... 245Suspensions ... 244 Roof rack/ski rack ... 93 Window (washing/cleaning) ... 62-234Symbols ... 8 Rubber hoses ... 230 Windscreen washer/wiper... 62

Technical specifications ... 237 Windscreen wiper Safety devices ... 109 Third brake light – blades ... 231

S.B.R. system ... 112 (bulb replacement) ... 191 – control ... 62 Seat belts ... 110 Tilting shelf ... 72 – nozzles ... 232

WARNING

TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS,

INSTRUMENT PANEL 1.416V - 1.616V - 1.816V versions

(right-hand drive versions) A Rev. counter B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning light C Engine coolant temperature gauge and excessive temperature warning light D Speedometer (speed indicator) E Multifunction display. For markets where provided, the speedome- ter (speed indicator) can have the gradu- ated scale in km/h instead of MPH. F0C0524m 1.9 Multijet versions A Rev. counter B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning light C Engine coolant temperature gauge and excessive temperature warning light D Speedometer (speed indicator) E Multifunction display. For markets where provided, the speedome- ter (speed indicator) can have the gradu- F0C0525m ated scale in km/h instead of MPH., 2.420V Selespeed ABARTH versions A Rev. counter B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning light C Engine coolant temperature gauge and excessive temperature warning light D Speedometer E Multifunction display For markets where provided, the speedometer (speed indicator) can have F0C0526m the graduated scale in km/h instead of MPH.,

PROVISIONS FOR THE PROCESSING OF A VEHICLE AT THE END OF ITS LIFE-CYCLE

For years now Fiat has been developing its global commitment towards the safeguarding and protection of the Environment through the continuous improvement of its production processes and the making of increasingly more “eco friendly” products. With a view to guaranteeing the best possible service to clients in full observance of environmental standards and in response to the obligations im- posed by European Directive 2000/53/EC on end-of-life vehicles, Fiat offers its clients the possibility to hand in their vehicle* at the end of its life span without additional costs. The European Directive, in fact, provides for the take-back of the vehicle without the last holder or owner of the same incurring expenses due to the fact that the market value of the vehicle is zero or negative. In particular, in almost all of the countries of the European Union, up until 1st January 2007, take-back of the vehicle free of charge only applies to vehicles registered from 1 July 2002 on, while, from 2007 on, take-back will be carried out free of charge, independently of the year of registration, provided that the vehi- cle still contains all its essential component parts (especially engine and body) and is free from additional waste materials. Our contracted network of authorised treatment facilities has been carefully selected in order to provide a quality service to our cus- tomers by de-polluting and recycling “End of Life Vehicles” to approved environmental standards. To find out the location of your nearest authorised treatment facility, offering free of charge take-back, simply contact one of our dealers or refer to the Fiat web site or call the toll free number 00800 3428 0000. * Passenger transportation vehicles to seat a max. of nine persons, having a total admissible weight of 3.5 t, VERSIONS STANDARD TYRES SPARE Size Medium load Full load WHEEL Front Rear Front Rear 195/65 R15 91T 1.9 1.9 2.1 - 2.3 (❒)/3.0 (**) 2.1 - 2.3 (❒)/3.0 (**) 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 1.416V 195/65 R15 91H (❒) 1.9 1.9 2.1 - 2.3 (❒)/3.0 (**) 2.1 - 2.3 (❒)/3.0 (**) 4.2 215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5 195/65 R15 91H 1.9 1.9 2.1 - 2.3 (❒)/3.0 (**) 2.1 - 2.3 (❒)/3.0 (**) 1.9 Multijet 8V 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 4.2 1.616V 215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5 195/65 R15 91V 1.9 1.9 2.1 - 2.3 (❒)/3.0 (**) 2.1 - 2.3 (❒)/3.0 (**) 1.816V 4.2 1.9 Multijet 16V 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5 205/55 R16 91W 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 4.2 2.420V 215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5 (❒) Multi Wagon Versions (**) Under maximum load conditions = 510 kg (comprising driver’s weight. special equipment and the remaining load distributed over the rear pulled down seats).

ENGINE OIL CHANGE

1.416V 1.616V 1.816V 2.420V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V litres kg litres kg litres kg litres kg litres kg Engine sump 2.5 2.2 4.3 3.9 3.7 3.3 4.5 3.9 4.4 3.8 Engine sump and filter 2.8 2.5 4.9 4.4 4.2 3.7 4.7 4.0 4.7 4.0

REFUELLING (litres)

1.416V - 1.616V - 1.816V - 2.420V - 1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V Tank capacity 58 Reserve 9 Only refuel cars with petrol engines with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) not less than 95. Only refuel cars with diesel engines with diesel fuel for motor vehicles conforming to the EN590 European Specification. Fiat Auto S.p.A. Quality - Assistenza Tecnica - Ingegneria Assistenziale Largo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 - 10040 Volvera - Torino (Italia) Print No. 603.81.012 - XI/2006 - 2nd Edition]
15

Similar documents

U.S. $16.99 Can. $23.95 U.K. £12.99 Games/Strategy/RPG ® Platform: Xbox® PRIMAOFFICIAL GAME GUIDE Visit us online at primagames.com DavidSJHodgson
U.S. $16.99 Can. $23.95 U.K. £12.99 Games/Strategy/RPG ® Platform: Xbox® PRIMAOFFICIAL GAME GUIDE Visit us online at primagames.com LucasArts and the LucasArts logo are registered trademarks of This game has received the Lucasfilm Ltd. © 2004 Lucasfilm Entertainment Company Ltd. or following rating
STREAMING MAXIMUM-MINIMUM FILTER USING NO MORE THAN THREE COMPARISONS PER ELEMENT
STREAMING MAXIMUM-MINIMUM FILTER USING NO MORE THAN THREE COMPARISONS PER ELEMENT Daniel Lemire University of Quebec at Montreal (UQAM), UER ST 100 Sherbrooke West, Montreal (Quebec), H2X 3P2 Canada email is hidden Abstract. The running maximum-minimum (-) filter computes the maxima and minima over
StoreJet ToolBox ユーザーガイド
StoreJet ToolBox ユーザーガイド (v1.0) 目次 ハードウェア要件 ... 3 対応 OS ... 3 Low Level Formatとは ... 3 StoreJet Format Toolについて ... 3 Low Level Formatの使い方 ... 4 StoreJet Format Toolの使い方 ... 8 ハードウェア要件 1. トランセンドの StoreJet外付けハードドライブ 2. USBポート搭載のデスクトップ/ノートブック PC 対応 OS StoreJet ToolBoxは以下の OSで利用できます。 Windows XP Windows
StoreJet ToolBox User Guide
StoreJet ToolBox User Guide (v1.0) Contents Hardware Requirements... 3 Supported Operating Systems ... 3 What is Low Level Format... 3 What is StoreJet Format Tool ... 3 How to use Low Level Format ... 4 1. Click “Scan Device” button and search StoreJet Drive... 4 2. Select a device that you want to
Qucs Test Report SPICE to Qucs conversion: Test File 1 Mike Brinson
Qucs Test Report SPICE to Qucs conversion: Test File 1 Mike Brinson Copyright ©c 2007 Mike Brinson Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
SETUP GUIDE
SETUP GUIDE SETUP GUIDE Model PP39L Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING
Mp3tag File Overview
Mp3tag File Overview 01/08/2008 Title: Bye Bye Blackbird Artist: Stephane Grappelli & Toots Thielemans Album: Bringing It Together Year: 2008 Track: 01 Genre: Jazz Comment: By CheRrom'08 Title: Just The Two Of Us Artist: Stephane Grappelli & Toots Thielemans Album: Bringing It Together Year: 2008 Tr
Red Hat Certificate of Expertise in Containerized Application Development
Study Guide Red Hat Certificate of Expertise in Containerized Application Development Contents Prerequisites 3 Linux 3 Installation 3 Docker Refresh 3 What is Docker? 3 Basic Docker Commands 3 Containers4ASample Command 4 Running Containers Locally 4 Linking Containers 4 Container Logs 4 Docker Even
FRONT & REAR SUSPENSION SECTIONSU
FRONT & REAR SUSPENSION SECTIONSU CONTENTS FRONT SUSPENSION ...2 WHEELARCH HEIGHT (UNLADEN*1) ...15 Precautions ...2 WHEEL RUNOUT ...15 PRECAUTIONS ...2 WHEEL BALANCE...15 Preparation ...2 REAR SUSPENSION...16 SPECIAL SERVICE TOOLS ...2 Precautions ...16 COMMERCIAL SERVICE TOOLS...2 PRECAUTIONS ...1
2010 SP 5.0 SPR # Description Product
2010 SP 5.0 SPR # Description Product 221873 Cannot drag the endpoint of this underdefined sketch SolidWorks line 322870 Centerline in drawing does not update to new position SolidWorks when feature is modified. 352787 ModelDoc2::SketchModifyFlip does not flip sketch SolidWorks API with external poi
LIMITED WARRANTY
LIMITED WARRANTY THE LICENSOR expressly disclaims any warranty for the Program, Editor, and Manual(s). The Program, Editor and Manual(s) are provided "as is" without warranty of any kind, either express or implied, including, without limitation, the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for
CAD 製図基準テンプレート ユーザマニュアル
CAD 製図基準テンプレート ユーザマニュアル 目次 1 はじめに ... 1 2 SXF テンプレート ファイルの概要 ... 1 (1) テンプレートファイル(*.dwt) ... 1 (2) 画層テンプレート(*.dwg) ... 3 3 AUTOCAD の設定 ... 5 1 テンプレートファイルの読み込み ... 5 2 画層情報の取り込み ... 6 3 図面表題欄情報の入力 ... 9 4 尺度付きテンプレート ファイルの使用 ... 11 1 オブジェクトの作図 ... 11 2 文字の入力 ... 12 3 寸法の作図 ... 14 5 カスタムテンプレート ファイルの使用
Epilepsy warning
DVDPAGE_SYBERIA_UK.qxd 8/12/04 10:13 Page 1 Epilepsy warning Please read before using this game or allowing your children to use it. When subject to certain types of light effects, some people are prone to epilepsy attacks, leading to loss of consciousness. This may be due to images flashing up in q
Autodesk SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
Autodesk SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT SUOMI READ CAREFULLY: AUTODESK, INC. (“AUTODESK”) LICENSES THIS SOFTWARE TO YOU ONLY UPON THE CONDITION THAT YOU ACCEPT ALL OF THE TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT (“AGREEMENT”). BY SELECTING THE “I ACCEPT” BUTTON AT THE END OF THIS AGREEMENT OR
1 SYNDICATE CONTENTS
SYNDICATE CONTENTS Introduction ...3 Game Overview ...4 Object Of The Game ...5 Quickstart...6 Main Menu Options ...14 F1. Configure Company ...14 F2. Begin Mission ...14 F3. Load And Save Game...14 F4. Restart Game...14 F5. Quit To DOS...14 CHAPTER 1: CONFIGURING YOUR COMPANY ...15 Select Detail To
1 SYNDICATE CONTENTS
SYNDICATE CONTENTS Introduction ...3 Game Overview ...4 Object Of The Game ...5 Quickstart...6 Main Menu Options ...14 F1. Configure Company ...14 F2. Begin Mission ...14 F3. Load And Save Game...14 F4. Restart Game...14 F5. Quit To DOS...14 CHAPTER 1: CONFIGURING YOUR COMPANY ...15 Select Detail To
Reduce Stress
CHAPTER FIVE Reduce Stress To reduce stress, you need to understand stress. Stress is the result of your perception of events. It is indicated by how you react to situations. What is stressful to you might not be stressful to someone else and vice versa. You are not born with more or fewer stress- p
Version Control with Subversion For Subversion 1.7 (Compiled from r4526)
Version Control with Subversion For Subversion 1.7 (Compiled from r4526) Ben Collins-Sussman Brian W. Fitzpatrick C. Michael Pilato Version Control with Subversion: For Subversion 1.7: (Compiled from r4526) by Ben Collins-Sussman, Brian W. Fitzpatrick, and C. Michael Pilato Copyright © 2002, 2003, 2
Lose Weight
CHAPTER SIX Lose Weight Information is your most powerful weapon in the fight against fat. Information, not willpower, and certainly not some new fad diet, will assist you in making healthy choices in your diet and lifestyle. The diet industry is constantly bombarding us with new weight loss trends:
Think Yourself Healthy 1. Lower your stress levels.
CHAPTER SEVEN Think Yourself Healthy You are born with self-corrective potential for health. An ill body occurs when the harmonious balance of mind and body is upset. But you can think yourself healthy; how you think and what you feel influences your physical health. The reverse is also true: if you
Reduce Cholesterol For A Healthier Heart
CHAPTER ELEVEN Reduce Cholesterol For A Healthier Heart This information is not meant to conflict with your doctor’s advice, which you should obtain before making any major changes in your lifestyle. Coronary heart disease is the leading cause of death in the United States. Unless you have a congeni
Stop Smoking 1. If at first you don’t succeed, try, try again.
CHAPTER TWELVE Stop Smoking We are all aware of the dangers of smoking ... and how difficult it can be to stop. You want to quit, but you’ve tried before and failed. Now you fear that this habit is stronger than you are. It frequently seems that this addiction is overpowering—dominating your thought
Become a Success
CHAPTER FOURTEEN Become a Success Statistics show that highly successful people are: 1) self-confident; 2) impatient and excessive about their personal and professional pursuits; 3) committed to their work to the degree of being workaholics; 4) people who want, need and demand to be in control; 5) p
How To Make Your Own Self-Hypnosis Tapes/CDs
CHAPTER SIXTEEN How To Make Your Own Self-Hypnosis Tapes/CDs The affirmations at the end of each chapter can be used as self-talk or they can be included in a self-hypnosis format for daily mind-programming. Self-talk is a matter of thinking or speaking positive suggestions that support your self- c
Freelicks.net – Speed, Tone and Theory Speed
Freelicks.net – Speed, Tone and Theory Speed Legato example 3 (E minor scale) Speedpicking example 1 e|-12-14-15-12-14-15-| e|-| b|-| b|-| g|-| g|-12-12-12-12-12-12-12-| d|-| d|-| a|-| a|-| e|-| e|-| You may pick the very first note of this pattern Play this example as sixteenth notes OR sixteenth n
My lovably ordinary brother Syd
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/article/0,,2092-2271741,00.html The Sunday Times July 16, 2006 My lovably ordinary brother Syd The ‘crazy diamond’ founder of Pink Floyd was no acid casualty or recluse. He loved art and DIY, his sister Rosemary tells his biographer Tim Willis in her first interview for
Calculating Take-off V-speeds for the SimCheck A300
Calculating Take-off V-speeds for the SimCheck A300 In the A300's Airspeed indicator you can click on the hidden clickzone to get the actual V-Speeds based on the 8500ft RWY in reference to weight! But what if you want to Take-Off at a different Rwy e.g. at a RWY with 4000m lengt not 2600? You have
##RTFHeader ##HelpLanguageID=0x0409
##RTFHeader ##HelpLanguageID=0x0409 Date Version, Reason Log: v0509200900, Cleaned up all tags. v0516200900, Fonts standardized. v0526200900, Removed superfluous symbol font. v1022200900, Localization tasks. v1029200900, Modified #342, Vertical and Horizontal for #343, #344 ##HelpTopicID=0x0999 Help
CONTENTS
CONTENTS Basics... 2 Keystroke basics... 2 Introduction ... 2 First things to understand ... 2 The Script Editor ... 4 The “Edit” button ... 4 The “Tools” button ... 5 Event Tester... 5 Device Analyzer ... 7 Running a script ... 8 Script contents ... 9 Minimal file contents ... 9 Target.tmh ... 9 Th
Isol8 MANUAL
Isol8 5-BAND FREQUENCY MONITOR MANUAL TBProAudio 2018 1. Introduction Welcome to Isol8, an advanced mix monitoring tool. Isol8 helps you to understand and improve your mix in the frequency domain. Isol8 divides the frequency band into 5 regions. Each band can be soloed / muted individually, so you c